You are on page 1of 338

Operating instructions for lattice extension

Serial number: 2 084 555 en


26.06.2000
(18.02.2000)
Important note

Duplications of any kind and excerpts from this


document are not subject to the revision service.
Original documents of Deutsche GROVE GmbH
are marked with the blue serial number of the
truck crane on the cover page.

Duplications and print-outs of data carriers on


which Deutsche GROVE GmbH has delivered this
document are also not subject to the revision
service.

©
Copyright reserved by Deutsche GROVE GmbH
18.02.2000

The passing on or duplication of this document as well as the utilization and disclosure of its contents are prohibited
unless expressly permitted. Infringement will incur liability to compensation. All rights pertaining to registration of patent
or utility model are reserved.
The following chapters are contained in these operating instructions:

1 Important information

2 Dimensions, weights and assignment of the parts to


luffing jibs

3 Telescopic swing-away lattice extension

4 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top

5 Boom extension

6 Luffing jib

7 Heavy load lattice extension

8 Index
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en


GMK 6300
18.02.2000

2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
_______________________________________________________________________________________ 1
1 Important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 1
1.1 About these operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1
1.2 Fundamental safety instructions for crane operators . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2
1.2.1 Warnings and symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 2
1.3 Proper use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 3
1.4 Organisational measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 5
1.5 Personnel qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 7
1.6 Safety instructions for truck crane work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 8
1.7 Specifications in US units of measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 10
1.7.1 Telescopic swing-away lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 10
1.7.2 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 10
1.7.3 Boom extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 11
1.7.4 Luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 11
1.7.5 Heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 12
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en


GMK 6300
29.10.1999
18.02.2000

2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Important information
1.1 About these operating instructions

1 Important information

H
1.1 About these operating instructions

All the lattice extensions described in these operating instructions can be


obtained as additional equipment.

Validity of this These operating instructions apply exclusively to the telescopic swing-
operating manual away lattice extension supplied by the Deutsche GROVE GmbH.

For operating the truck crane with the telescopic swing-away lattice
extension, all the specifications in the supplied operating instructions of
the GMK 6300, which the telescopic swing-away lattice extension was
supplied for by the works, also apply.

Prerequisites for The telescopic swing-away lattice extension may only be operated to-
assembly and gether with the GROVE mobile crane GMK 6300, whose serial number is
operation identical with that of the telescopic swing-away lattice extension.

General safety When operating the GMK 6300 with the telescopic swing-away lattice
instructions extension, the crane operator needs to observe:

– the general safety instructions in the following section Fundamental


safety instructions for crane operators and
– the safety instructions listed in the supplied operating instructions of
the GMK 6300.

Reference to Cross references to other operating or maintenance instructions are


other operating shown in the following forms:
instructions ➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual, Part 1 Superstructure - rigging work
You can find the number of the chapter with the title Rigging work in the
front, on the second page of the named operating manual
or
➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Safe load indicator.
You can find the respective page number in the index.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 1-1
GMK 6300
Important information
1.2 Fundamental safety instructions for crane operators

1.2 Fundamental safety instructions for crane operators

1.2.1 Warnings and symbols

The following definitions and symbols are used in the operating instruc-
tions to highlight particularly important information:

G
This symbol indicates hazards related to the described operation that
may cause personal injury. The type of danger (e.g. risk of death, perso-
nal injury or crushing) precedes the warning sign.

S
Here dangers are referred to which could put objects at risk, e.g. damage
to the truck crane, the load or the environment.

B
This symbol alerts you to situations where you are in danger of receiving
an electric shock.

O
This symbol is to remind you that you are working with substances which
pose a risk to the environment. Take particular care. Further information
about handling substances which are harmful to the environment;
➠ Maintenance manual, chapter Safety and environmental protection.

The vertical line to the left of the text indicates: This text regardless of its
length belongs to the warning symbol.

H The hand with the pointing finger indicates passages that contain additio-
nal instructions and tips with regard to truck crane operation.

s
This symbol indicates that the topic is continued on the next page.
So turn to the next page!
18.02.2000

1-2 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Important information
1.3 Proper use

1.3 Proper use


The GMK 6300 truck crane is constructed in accordance with the state of
the art and the recognised safety regulations. Nevertheless, personal
injury to the operator or a third party as well as damage to the crane and
other property may occur during use.

The truck crane may only be modified with the consent of the manufacturer.

The GMK 6300 truck crane must be in proper working condition and may
only be used for its intended purpose, while taking into account safe
operation and any possible hazards.
Malfunctions that may affect the safe operation of the unit are to be
corrected immediately.

Without the corresponding special equipment, the truck crane GMK 6300
may only be operated at an ambient temperature of – 25 to + 40 °C.

The GMK 6300 truck crane is to be used exclusively for the vertical lifting
of loads whose weight and centre of distribution are known. A hook block
must be reeved on the hoist rope and such lifting must be done only in
the permitted rigging modes. Any other use of the crane is considered
improper.

The manufacturer is not liable for damage resulting from the improper or
unauthorised use of the GMK 6300 truck crane. The user shall take on full
responsibility for any such use.

Proper use also entails


– observing all crane documentation, consisting of the operating instruc-
tions, the lifting capacity table, the outrigger pressure table and the
safety manual,
– following the inspection and maintenance requirements specified in the
maintenance manual.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 1-3
GMK 6300
Important information
1.3 Proper use

Improper use includes:


– transporting loads on the carrier,
– pushing, pulling or lifting loads with the level adjustment system, the
beams or the outrigger cylinders,
– pushing, pulling or lifting loads off the ground using the slewing gear,
the derricking gear or the telescoping gear,
– pulling off fixed objects using the crane,
– two-hook operation with the boom extension and two-hook operation
at the main boom head without additional equipment,
– operation when crane is not on outriggers (free on wheels),
– defining SLI codes that do not correspond to the actual rigging mode,
– working with an overridden SLI or overridden lifting limit switch,
– after SLI deactivation, the radius must be increased by pulling the rai-
sed load at an angle (e.g. with a chain hoist),
– misuse of the outrigger pressure display as a safety function to prevent
overturning after an SLI override (outrigger pressure greater than 0 t),
– road driving in an unauthorised driving mode (axle load, dimension),
– transporting hoisted loads by moving the truck crane,
– moving the rigged crane in an unauthorised driving mode,
– using equipment that is not authorised for use with the crane,
– transporting people in any way with the lifting tackle, on the load and in
the crane cab during driving,
– carrying passengers outside the driver’s cab,
– loading and unloading work, i.e. continuous operation without a
corresponding break,
– usage for any kind of sport or recreation event, especially for “bungee
jumping”. 18.02.2000

1-4 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Important information
1.4 Organisational measures

1.4 Organisational measures


The operating instructions and the lifting capacity table should be kept in
the truck crane for immediate access and should not be removed from the
truck crane. You need to have read and understood the operation and
safety instructions in these operating instructions and to comply with
them when working.
In addition to the operating instructions and the lifting capacity table,
observe all general, statutory and otherwise applicable regulations con-
cerning accident prevention and environmental protection. You need to
have read and understood these and to work accordingly.
This includes:
– the use of hazardous materials,
– wearing protective clothing and equipment,
– traffic regulations or
– all regulations aplying to the ooertion of the crane.
Ensure that those appointed to work on the truck crane are given the infor-
mation required to carry out the work before starting operations. Give
your employees (e.g. banksmen, slingers, rigging personnel) appropriate
instruction.

Ensure that the maintenance personnel possess the necessary know-how


to safely operate the crane. Ensure that the maintenance personnel have
access to the operating instructions.

Only properly trained or instructed personnel may carry out work on the
truck crane.
Responsibilities related to crane operation, rigging, maintenance and
repair work must be clearly defined.

Ensure that only the appointed employees operate the truck crane.

Do not leave long hair down or wear loose clothing or jewellery (including
rings) when working with the crane. These could get caught or pulled into
the unit and result in injury.

Use your personal protective equipment whenever necessary or prescribed.

Observe all safety and warning signs on the truck crane.

Ensure that all safety and warning signs on the truck crane remain legible.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 1-5
GMK 6300
Important information
1.4 Organisational measures

Note the operational organization on the site. Report your arrival to site
management. Ask for the personnel authorised to issue instructions.

Familiarise yourself with the location and operation of the fire extin-
guishers on every site.

Note the fire alarm and fire fighting facilities on the site.

Should the operating behaviour of the truck crane change in such a


manner that the safety conditions are affected, e.g. if you doubt the truck
crane is operating safety, stop the machine immediately and inform the
appropriate responsible persons.

Do not make any changes to the programmable control systems


(e.g. the SLI).

Do not modify or mount attachments to the truck crane without the


consent of the manufacturer, if such changes could affect the safety of the
unit. This also applies to
– installing safety devices,
– adjusting safety devices and valves.
Welding work on load-bearing parts may only be conducted by properly
qualified personnel following authorisation by the manufacturer. To avoid
any damage, especially to electronic parts, there are certain steps you
must take before doing any welding work. So always consult GROVE
Product Support before doing any welding work.
Ensure that both the prescribed periods and the periods specified in the
operating and maintenance instructions for regular testing, inspection
and maintenance work are maintained.

Replace the hydraulic hose lines in the prescribed intervals or have them
replaced, even if no safety defects are noticeable.

Replacement parts must fulfil the technical requirements prescribed by


the manufacturer. Genuine spare parts always meet these requirements.

It is imperative that appropriate service equipment be used when carrying


out repair work.
18.02.2000

1-6 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Important information
1.5 Personnel qualifications

1.5 Personnel qualifications


These operating instructions are not a training manual for prospective
crane operators!
All descriptions are written explicitly for crane operators who have been
trained to operate truck cranes.
Employees in training may only operate the truck crane under strict super-
vision.
Only reliable personnel may operate the truck crane.
As a truck crane operator you are obliged to fulfil a number of require-
ments:
– You must possess a driving licence for this type of vehicle that is valid
in the country in which you are working.
– You must have general knowledge of crane operation and any qualifica-
tions that may be required by the country in which you are working.
– You must be familiar with and have understood the operating
instructions.
– You must be familiar with and have understood the accident prevention
regulations.
– You must fulfil all physical and mental requirements for truck crane
operation, e.g. perfect sight and hearing and the ability to react quickly.
Please refer to the section titled You as crane driver and operator in the
Safety manual.

Only experienced personnel familiar with the applicable accident pre-


vention regulations are authorised to sling loads and train crane
operators.

Your responsibilities as a crane operator (including those concerning


traffic regulations) must be clearly defined. You must be in a position to
refuse to carry out any instructions given to you by a third party that
violate safety regulations.

Only trained, experienced personnel with special knowledge in the fields


of hydraulics, pneumatics and electrical equipment may carry out mainte-
nance work on the truck crane.

Deutsche GROVE GmbH offers general and model-related courses for


crane operators and crane technology.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 1-7


GMK 6300
Important information
1.6 Safety instructions for truck crane work

1.6 Safety instructions for truck crane work


Carefully select a safe site for the truck crane to stand from where you can
safely work.

Walk around the truck crane before beginning crane work. Check the
condition of the truck crane carefully using the check lists in the operating
instructions. Do not assume that everything is in working order simply
because it was in working order when work was last completed.

Before commencing work with the crane, check daily that all covers and
safety devices are correctly fitted and in an acceptable condition.

Check the safety devices each day before beginning work (SLI, lifting limit
switch, dead man’s switch, emergency stop switch for crane control).

When doing rigging or maintenance work above head height, use the in-
tended climbing aids. Do not use machine parts as limbing aids.

Step only on those machine parts which are equipped with appropriate
steps and railings and therefore guarantee safety. During rigging and
maintenance work on machine sections above body height which have no
apparatus for walking, use the extendable ladder which accompanies the
machine (e.g. when reeving the hoist cable on the boom nose).

Keep all handles, steps, step treads and ladders free of dirt, snow and ice.

Check all operating and control elements in the crane operator’s cab
before starting the crane engine.

Monitor all warning and indicator lamps as well as the control instru-
ments when the engine is started!

Make sure that there are no unauthorised people in the vicinity of or on


the truck crane when rigging or during crane work. Secure the danger
zone using cordons and label them as such.

When lifting a load, raise the boom to balance out the increase in radius
caused by the boom bending so that the load is lifted up when in a verti-
cal position and does not drag, injure helpers or fall into the hoist rope
diagonally (e. g. from a vehicle or scaffold). Inform banksmen and helpers
about this as well.

Support the truck crane with the supporting span for the current rigged
counterweight before turning the superstructure.
18.02.2000

Ensure that the truck crane is horizontally aligned before carrying out
crane work.

1-8 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Important information
1.6 Safety instructions for truck crane work

Only use equipment (counterweight sections, lattice extensions) that


belongs to your truck crane. The serial number of both the truck crane
and the equipment must be identical.

Simultaneously lifting loads with two cranes is particularly dangerous.


Use extreme caution when carrying out this type of work.

Always put down the load before you stop work.

Lock the truck crane when you leave the cab to prevent unauthorised use.

Crane work carried out in the vicinity of supply lines such as oil, gas and
power lines is dangerous and requires that special precautionary mea-
sures be taken. Please refer to the section titled Crane operation under special
operating conditions in the Safety manual and note the relevant national
regulations.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 1-9


GMK 6300
Important information
1.7 Specifications in US units of measurement

1.7 Specifications in US units of measurement


These operating instructions use mainly metric units of measurement.
Should you be working in a country that uses US units of measurement,
the following table presents the units used for different lattice extensions.

– The first column shows the metric units of measurement.


– The second column shows the converted units of measurement, which
are also used in the lifting capacity tables.
– The third column shows the rounded values which are used for
better legibility if both units of measurement are stated (in Chapter 2,
Transport dimensions and weights and in the diagrams showing the com-
position of the individual lattice extensions).

1.7.1 Telescopic swing-away lattice extension

Stated length in Corresponding length in Rounded length in


metric units of measurement US units of measurement US units of measurement
acc. to lifting capacity table in these operating
instructions

11 m 36.1 ft 36 ft

19 m 62.3 ft 62 ft

8 m section 26.2 ft 26 ft

1.7.2 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top

Stated length in Corresponding length in Rounded length in


metric units of measurement US units of measurement US units of measurement
acc. to lifting capacity table in these operating
instructions

0.7 m 2.3 ft 2.3 ft


18.02.2000

1 - 10 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Important information
1.7 Specifications in US units of measurement

1.7.3 Boom extension

Stated length in Corresponding length in Rounded length in


metric units of measurement US units of measurement US units of measurement
acc. to lifting capacity table in these operating
instructions

19 m 62.3 ft 62 ft

27 m 88.6 ft 89 ft

35 m 114.8 ft 115 ft

43 m 141.1 ft 141 ft

51 m 167.3 ft 167 ft

1.7.4 Luffing jib

Stated length in Corresponding length in Rounded length in


metric units of measurement US units of measurement US units of measurement
acc. to lifting capacity table in these operating
instructions

21 m 68.9 ft 69 ft

29 m 95.1 ft 95 ft

37 m 121.4 ft 121 ft

45 m 147.6 ft 148 ft

53 m 173.9 ft 174 ft

61 m 200.1 ft 200 ft
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 1 - 11


GMK 6300
Important information
1.7 Specifications in US units of measurement

1.7.5 Heavy load lattice extension

Stated length in Corresponding length in Rounded length in


metric units of measurement US units of measurement US units of measurement
acc. to lifting capacity table in these operating
instructions

1m 3.3 ft 3.3 ft

3.5 m 11.5 ft 11.5 ft

7m 23 ft 23 ft

18.02.2000

1 - 12 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
_______________________________________________________________________________________ 2
2 Dimensions, weights and assignment of the parts to
luffing jibs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 1
2.1 Dimensions and weights in metric units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
2.1.1 Telescopic swing-away lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 1
2.1.2 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 1
2.1.3 Boom extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 1
2.1.4 Luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 2
2.1.5 Heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 2
2.2 Dimensions and weights in US units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 3
2.2.1 Swing away lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 3
2.2.2 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 3
2.2.3 Boom extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 3
2.2.4 Luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 4
2.2.5 Heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 4
2.3 Assignment of the parts to luffing jibs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 5
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en


GMK 6300
18.02.2000

2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Dimensions, weights and assignment of the parts to luffing jibs
2.1 Dimensions and weights in metric units

2 Dimensions, weights and assignment of the


parts to luffing jibs

2.1 Dimensions and weights in metric units


This section contains information on the transportation measurements
and weights of lattice extensions in metric units.

2.1.1 Telescopic swing-away lattice extension

Description Length x width x Weight (kg)


height (m)

Telescopic swing-away lattice 11.60 x 1.00 x 1.50 2 100


extension (complete, retracted)

Adapter 1.40 x 1.00 x 0.45 220

2.1.2 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top

Description Length x width x Weight (kg)


height (m)

Auxiliary single-sheave boom 0.70 x 1.20 x 0.60 300


top, complete

2.1.3 Boom extension

Description Length x width x Weight (kg)


height (m)

Head 3.18 x 1.47 x 2.01 850


18.02.2000

Foot section 12.20 x 1.47 x 2.35 3 400

Intermediate section, each 8.12 x 1.47 x 1.57 850

Angle piece 3.62 x 1.47 x 2.18 950

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 2-1


GMK 6300
Dimensions, weights and assignment of the parts to luffing jibs
2.1 Dimensions and weights in metric units

2.1.4 Luffing jib

Description Length x width x Weight (kg)


height (m)

Head 3.18 x 1.47 x 2.01 850

Foot section 12.20 x 1.47 x 2.35 3 400

Intermediate section, each 8.12 x 1.47 x 1.57 850

End-tensioning post for 8.12 x 0.10 x 0.15 160


intermediate section

Guy piece with 8.12 x 1.47 x 1.57 1 2001)


end-tensioning post

Angle piece 3.62 x 1.47 x 2.18 950

Luffing control arm with 12.39 x 1.47 x 1.45 2 1502)


backstop
Auxiliary hoist including rope 2.25 x 1.16 x 1.85 3 1003)
and upper/lower sheave for
luffing jib
1)
End-tensioning post individual weight: 182 kg
2)
Backstop individual weight: 320 kg
3)
Upper hook block individual weight: 192 kg
Bottom sheave individual weight: 184 kg

2.1.5 Heavy load lattice extension

Description Length x width x Weight (kg)


height (m)

Head 3.18 x 1.47 x 2.00 850

1 m section 2.30 x 1.50 x 1.20 350

Angle piece 3.62 x 1.47 x 2.18 950


18.02.2000

2-2 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Dimensions, weights and assignment of the parts to luffing jibs
2.2 Dimensions and weights in US units

2.2 Dimensions and weights in US units


This section contains information on the transportation measurements
and weights of lattice extensions in US units.

2.2.1 Swing away lattice extension

Description Length x width x Weight (lbs)


height (ft)

Telescopic swing-away lattice 38.10 x 3.30 x 5.00 4 630


extension (complete, retracted)

Adapter 4.60 x 3.30 x 1.50 4 485

2.2.2 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top

Description Length x width x Weight (lbs)


height (m)

Auxiliary single-sheave boom 2.30 x 4.00 x 2.00 660


top, complete

2.2.3 Boom extension

Description Length x width x Weight (lbs)


height (m)

Head 10.43 x 4.82 x 6.60 1 870


Foot section 40.02 x 4.82 x 7.70 7 500

Intermediate section, each 26.64 x 4.82 x 5.15 1 870

Angle piece 11.87 x 4.82 x 7.15 2 100


18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 2-3
GMK 6300
Dimensions, weights and assignment of the parts to luffing jibs
2.2 Dimensions and weights in US units

2.2.4 Luffing jib

Description Length x width x Weight (lbs)


height (ft)

Head 10.43 x 4.82 x 6.60 1 875

Foot section 40.02 x 4.82 x 7.70 7 500

Intermediate section, each 26.64 x 4.82 x 5.15 1 875

End-tensioning post for 26.64 x 0.32 x 0.49 350


intermediate section

Guy piece with 26.64 x 4.82 x 5.15 2 6501)


end-tensioning post

Angle piece 11.87 x 4.82 x 7.15 2 100

Luffing control arm with back- 40.65 x 4.82 x 4.57 4 7502)


stop
Auxiliary hoist including rope 7.38 x 3.80 x 6.07 6 8303)
and upper/lower sheave for
luffing jib
1)
End-tensioning post individual weight: 401 lbs
2)
Backstop individual weight: 705 lbs
3)
Upper hook block individual weight: 423 lbs
Bottom sheave individual weight: 406 lbs

2.2.5 Heavy load lattice extension

Description Length x width x Weight (kg)


height (m)

Head 10.43 x 4.82 x 6.59 1 870

3.3 ft section 7.55 x 4.92 x 3.94 780

Angle piece 11.88 x 4.82 x 7.15 2 100


18.02.2000

2-4 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Dimensions, weights and assignment of the parts to luffing jibs
2.3 Assignment of the parts to luffing jibs

2.3 Assignment of the parts to luffing jibs


The following tables are for logistical planning and show which parts the
different lattice extensions require.

Parts for the different boom extensions

Parts Length of the boom extension

19 m 27 m 35 m 43 m 51 m
(62 ft) (89 ft) (115 ft) (141 ft) (167 ft)

Head x x x x x

Foot section x x x x x

Angle piece x x x x x

Number of inter- 0 1 2 3 4
mediate sections

Parts for the different luffing jibs

Parts Length of the boom extension (m)

21 m 29 m 37 m 45 m 53 m 61 m
(69 ft) (95 ft) (121 ft) (148 ft) (174 ft) (200 ft)

Head x x x x x x

Foot section x x x x x x

Luffing control arm x x x x x x

Tie suspension section


x x x x x x
with tie suspension bar
Auxiliary hoist with
upper and lower x x x x x x
sheaves
Number of inter- 0 1 2 3 4 5
mediate sections
Tie suspension bars
for intermediate 0 1 2 3 3 3

H
section

The tie suspension section is not to be fitted as an intermediate section of


18.02.2000

the boom extension.

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 2-5


GMK 6300
Dimensions, weights and assignment of the parts to luffing jibs
2.3 Assignment of the parts to luffing jibs

H When calculating the luffing jib length, the 2.5 metre adapter piece of the
foot section is not included.

Parts for the heavy load lattice extension

Parts Length the heavy load lattice extension

3.5 m 7m
(11.5 ft) (23 ft)
Head x x
Angle piece x x
1 m part x x

18.02.2000

2-6 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
_______________________________________________________________________________________ 3
3 Telescopic swing-away lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 1
3.1 Supplement to the operation of the GMK 6300 with the telescopic
swing-away lattice extension folded at the side . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1
3.1.1 Changed requirements for telescoping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 1
3.1.2 Instructions for driving with the mounted telescopic swing-away lattice
extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 2
3.2 Additional operating and display elements in the driver’s cab . . . 3 - 3
3.2.1 Location of the additional operating and display elements . . . . . . . . . . 3- 4
3.2.2 The functions of the additional operating and display elements . . . . . . . . 3- 5
3.3 Additional operating and display elements in the crane cab . . . . . 3 - 7
3.3.1 Location of the additional operating and display elements . . . . . . . . . . 3- 7
3.3.2 Function of the operating and display elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 8
3.4 Operating elements of the telescopic swing-away lattice extension 3 - 9
3.4.1 Mobile switch unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 9
3.5 Components and Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 11
3.6 Assembly of lattice extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 13
3.7 Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 15
3.8 Checklists for rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 17
3.8.1 Overview of the required rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 17
3.8.2 CHECKLIST: Mounting the telescopic swing-away lattice extension . . . . . 3 - 18
3.8.3 CHECKLIST: Removing the telescopic swing-away lattice extension . . . . . 3 - 19
3.8.4 CHECKLIST: Rigging the telescopic swing-away lattice extension . . . . . . . 3 - 20
3.8.5 CHECKLIST: Unrigging the telescopic swing-away lattice extension . . . . . 3 - 25
3.9 Description of rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 31
3.9.1 Preparing the truck crane for rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 31
3.9.2 Mounting/removing adapter unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 32
3.9.3 Checking driving / working with the main boom rigging modes . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
3.9.4 Connections and positions with the lattice extension folded at the side . . . 3 - 36
3.9.5 Pin connection to swing the lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 41
3.9.6 Swinging the lattice extension when rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 43
3.9.7 Pin connections for working with the lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 44
3.9.8 Establishing/disconnecting the hydraulic connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 46
3.9.9 Electrical connection for rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 48
3.9.10 Telescoping lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 49
3.9.11 Adjusting angle on the lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 50
3.9.12 Folding deflection sheave out/in on the foot section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 54
3.9.13 Placing and reeving hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 55
3.9.14 Lifting limit switch on the lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 57
3.9.15 Anemometer on the lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 59
3.9.16 Transportation of the lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 60
3.10 Operation with the lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 61
3.10.1 Raising and setting down the main boom with rigged lattice extension . . . 3 - 62
3.10.2 Telescoping with rigged lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 63
3.10.3 Swinging lattice extension onto the run-up rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 64
18.02.2000

3.11 Turning loads with the lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 67


3.11.1 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 67
3.11.2 Setting SLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 68

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en


GMK 6300
3.12 Driving with rigged crane and lattice extension installed . . . . . . . 3 - 71
3.12.1 Driving route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 71
3.12.2 Position of the boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 72
3.12.3 Driving the rigged crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 75
3.13 Malfunctions during operation with the telescopic swing-away
lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 79
3.13.1 Telescopic swing-away lattice extension malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 79
3.14 Maintenance plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 81
3.14.1 Maintenance plan M 1: monthly / after 100 oh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 81
3.14.2 Maintenance plan M 3: every 3 months / after 300 oh . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 81
3.15 Table of lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 83
3.16 Maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 85
3.16.1 Modules in need of protection during cleaning work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 85
3.16.2 Preparing the truck crane for maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 86
3.16.3 Lubricating supporting roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 87
3.16.4 Lubricating the tow chain and the gear chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 88
3.16.5 Check tension of tow chain and gear chain and increase the tension if
necessary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 90
3.16.6 Lubricating the telescope slide faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 93
3.16.7 Adjusting the support roller for the telescope section . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 94

18.02.2000

2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.1 Supplement to the operation of the GMK 6300 with the telescopic swing-away lattice extension folded at the side

3 Telescopic swing-away lattice extension

3.1 Supplement to the operation of the GMK 6300 with


the telescopic swing-away lattice extension folded at
the side
When the telescopic swing-away lattice extension is folded at the side,
the prerequisites change
– for telescoping for main boom operation and
– for driving the truck crane.
Observe the information in the following sections concerning this.

3.1.1 Changed requirements for telescoping

S
Danger of damage to the hoses of the hydraulic joint!
Ensure the hydraulic connection of the lattice extension is separated
before telescoping the main boom.
This prevents the hydraulic joints from being torn during telescoping;
➠ Establishing/disconnecting hydraulic connection, p. 3-46.

If the telescopic swing-away lattice extension is mounted sideways onto


the GMK 6300’s main boom, it can be put into two positions:
– into the position driving,
– into the position working with the main boom.
The telescopic swing-away lattice extension’s position is electrically moni-
tored. The telescoping of the main boom will only be released if both of
the following lights are not on:

– The indicator lamp Lattice extension in driving position must not light up;
3 ➠ Additional operating and display elements in the crane cab, p. 3-7.
– The warning lamp telescoping main boom closed must not light up;
Ö
H
➠ Additional operating and display elements in the crane cab, p. 3-7.
Both lights will be built in along with further display and operating ele-
18.02.2000

ments when the telescopic swing away lattice extension is refitted.


Further information on additional operating and display elements may be
found in the sections referred to above.

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3-1


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.1 Supplement to the operation of the GMK 6300 with the telescopic swing-away lattice extension folded at the side

3.1.2 Instructions for driving with the mounted telescopic


swing-away lattice extension

H If the truck crane is moved with the telescopic swing-away lattice exten-
sion mounted sideways, the maximum axle load is more than 12 t.

For a telescopic swing-away lattice extension which is folded up on the


3 side, the vehicle widths given in the technical data only apply if the tele-
scopic swing-away lattice extension is in the Driving position and the
Collision danger warning lamp in the driver’s cabin in not lit.

18.02.2000

3-2 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.2 Additional operating and display elements in the driver’s cab

3.2 Additional operating and display elements in the


driver’s cab
If the GMK 6300 is fitted with a telescopic swing-away lattice extension,
additional operating and display elements will be built into the driver’s
cab and crane cab, in addition to the operating and display elements
described in the GMK 6300 operating instructions.

In this chapter, all additional operating and display elements which are
re-fitted when a telescopic swing-away lattice extension is installed.

Furthermore, this chapter describes the operating elements located


directly on the telescopic swing-away lattice extension.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3-3


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.2 Additional operating and display elements in the driver’s cab

3.2.1 Location of the additional operating and display elements

1 warning lamp danger of collision 1) ➠ p. 3-5 18.02.2000

3-4 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.2 Additional operating and display elements in the driver’s cab

3.2.2 The functions of the additional operating and display elements

Warning lamp danger of collision1)


3 Lights up when the telescopic swing-away lattice extension is not in the
Driving position.
In this position the telescopic swing-away lattice extension juts out side-
ways from the width of the carrier and exceeds the vehicular width stated
in the technical data for the truck crane.

Goes out when the telescopic swing-away lattice extension is in the posi-
tion driving.

The telescopic swing-away lattice extension’s position is electrically


registered via a proximity switch.

1)
When rigging with the telescopic swing-away lattice and the Boom not
set down warning lamp, this warning lamp takes on both functions.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3-5


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.2 Additional operating and display elements in the driver’s cab

Blank page

18.02.2000

3-6 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.3 Additional operating and display elements in the crane cab

3.3 Additional operating and display elements in the


crane cab

3.3.1 Location of the additional operating and display elements

1 rocker switch turning the lattice extension ➠ p. 3-8


2 warning lamp telescoping the main boom locked ➠ p. 3-8
3 indicator lamp lattice extension in position driving ➠ p. 3-8
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3-7


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.3 Additional operating and display elements in the crane cab

3.3.2 Function of the operating and display elements

Rocker switch turning the lattice extension


b To turn the telescopic swing-away lattice extension to the position driving
and working with the main boom.

Turning in the position driving: Press rocker switch down.

Turning in the position working


with the main boom: Press rocker switch up.

The turning process is carried out as long as the rocker switch is kept
depressed and will be automatically stopped if:
– it has reached the position driving or
– the position working with the main boom.

Indicator lamp lattice extension in the position driving


4 Shows the position of the telescopic swing-away lattice extension folded
sideways on the run-up rail.

Indicator lamp The spring pin is engaged on the run-up rail in


lights up: the opening for the driving mode; ➠ p. 3-37.

Indicator lamp The spring pin is not engaged on the run-up


goes out: rail in the opening for the driving mode;
➠ p. 3-37.
Warning lamp telescoping the main boom locked
Ö Shows if the following requirements for telescoping the main boom have
been met or not:
– the lattice extension is in position working with the main boom
– the plug for the lattice extension’s electrical connection is in the
dummy socket on the right-hand side of the main boom.

Indicator lamp is lit: One or more of the following requirements has


not been met. Telescoping the main boom
locked.

The warning lamp goes Both requirements are met.

H
out: Telescoping the main boom is released.

Further information on turning lattice extension folded sideways;


18.02.2000

➠ Turning the lattice extension on the ascension rail, p. 3-64.

3-8 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.4 Operating elements of the telescopic swing-away lattice extension

3.4 Operating elements of the telescopic swing-away


lattice extension

3.4.1 Mobile switch unit

The supplied mobile switch unit is connected to the telescopic swing-

H
away lattice extension for telescoping and turning.

The position of the arrow on the buttons corresponds to the illustration if


the switch unit is held in such a way that the connecting cable is pointed
up.

1 retract push button ➠ p. 3-49


2 extend push button ➠ p. 3-49
3 turning push-button in main boom operation position ➠ p. 3-38
4 turning push-button in driving position ➠ p. 3-38
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3-9


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.4 Operating elements of the telescopic swing-away lattice extension

Blank page

18.02.2000

3 - 10 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.5 Components and Identification

3.5 Components and Identification

Components When delivered, the telescopic swing-away lattice extension has the
following components (see diagram on next page):
– the foot section
– the head section (inclinable part)
– the adapter unit (for mounting on the main boom head),
– a lever tool for connecting hydraulic quick couplings.

Identification The telescopic swing-away lattice extension is designed for the truck
crane for which it was delivered. The telescopic swing-away lattice exten-
sion parts belonging to the truck crane have the same serial number as
the truck crane. All components are identified by serial numbers.

S
Operate the truck crane only with the parts of the telescopic swing-away
lattice extension which have the same serial number as the crane.
The SLI is only set for this telescopic swing-away lattice extension.
This prevents malfunctions and damage.

H A truck crane may only be set with one telescopic swing-away lattice
extension for technical reasons.

If you wish to use the telescopic swing-away lattice extension on several


GROVE truck cranes, the telescopic swing-away lattice extension sections
must be adjusted for the corresponding cranes and labelled with all of the
respective serial numbers.

S
Have the matching of the telescopic swing-away lattice extension carried
26.06.2000

out only by GROVE Product Support locally!


18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 11
GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.5 Components and Identification

Serial numbers The telescopic swing-away lattice extension consists of a foot section and
on telescopic a head section.
swing-away
lattice extension
There is a serial number on the foot section
(2) below, on the front transverse struct.

There is a serial number (1) on the head


section above, in front of the collar.

Serial number on
adapter unit

The serial number on the adapter unit (1) is


on the right side.

18.02.2000

3 - 12 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.6 Assembly of lattice extensions

3.6 Assembly of lattice extensions

11 m telescopic swing-away lattice extension (fully retracted)


(36 ft telescopic swing-away lattice extension)

adapter
unit
11 m
(36 ft)

19 m telescopic swing-away lattice extension (extended)


(62 ft telescopic swing-away lattice extension)

adapter
unit 11 m 8m
(36 ft) (26 ft)

H The adapter unit is not considered with the length data of the telescopic
swing-away lattice extension.
The information about length has been adapted to the lifting capacity
tables; the overall lengths of the individual parts are longer.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 13


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.6 Assembly of lattice extensions

Blank page

18.02.2000

3 - 14 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.7 Slinging points

3.7 Slinging points

G
The following diagrams show the slinging points of the telescopic swing-
away lattice extension and the adapter unit.
Attach the sections only on these slinging points because they will then
automatically have the correct centre of gravity and use only lifting gear
with sufficient load bearing capacity; ➠ Dimensions and weight, p. 2-1.

Slinging points for telescopic swing-away


lattice extension
There are three slinging points on the tele-
scopic swing-away lattice extension.

• Sling the retracted telescopic swing-away


lattice extension without the adapter unit
onto slinging points (1) and (3).
• Sling the retracted telescopic swing-away
lattice extension with a locked adapter
unit onto slinging points (1) and (2).

Slinging points for the adapter unit


There is a slinging eye (1) at the top of the
adapter unit.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 15


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.7 Slinging points

Blank page

18.02.2000

3 - 16 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.8 Checklists for rigging work

3.8 Checklists for rigging work

3.8.1 Overview of the required rigging work

There are different initial states for rigging the telescopic swing-away
lattice extension, depending on whether:

– the telescopic swing-away lattice extension is folded at the side of the


main boom or
– the telescopic swing-away lattice extension has been removed for
onroad driving with a maximum axle load of 12 t.

The following table shows you which checklist describes the required
rigging work for your initial state.

Initial state Corresponding rigging work

Telescopic swing-away lattice CHECKLIST:


extension is on the side of the Rigging the telescopic swing-away
Before main boom lattice extension; ➠ p. 3-20.
crane
operation Telescopic swing-away lattice CHECKLIST:
extension has been removed Mounting the telescopic swing-
completely away lattice extension; ➠ p. 3-18.

Telescopic swing-away lattice CHECKLIST:


extension folded on the side Unrigging the telescopic swing-
After of the main boom away lattice extension; ➠ p. 3-25.
crane
operation Telescopic swing-away lattice CHECKLIST:
extension needs to be Removing the telescopic swing-
removed for on-road driving away lattice extension; ➠ p. 3-19.

H Definition:
To prevent unnecessarily long expressions, only the term lattice extension
will be used for the most part in the following descriptions.
When the term lattice extension is used in this chapter it always means the
telescopic swing-away lattice extension.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 17


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.8 Checklists for rigging work

3.8.2 CHECKLIST: Mounting the telescopic swing-away lattice


extension

H This checklist is not equivalent to complete operating instructions. There


are accompanying instructions which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warning and safety information given there!

Requirements:
– The truck crane is on outriggers or the main boom is placed on the
boom support.
– An auxiliary crane must be ready.
– The main boom is fully retracted (0 / 0 / 0 / 0).
1. Mounting adapter unit in front of the main boom head; ➠ Mounting/
removing adapter unit, p. 3-32.

2. Slinging lattice extension on auxiliary crane; ➠ Slinging points, p. 3-15.

3. Lift lattice extension with auxiliary crane in front of the main boom and
create a swivelling connection between the foot section and the main
boom; ➠ Connections on main boom head – swivelling connections, p. 3-41.

4. If the lattice extension needs to be folded at the side of the main


boom, go to point 22 in the CHECKLIST: Unrigging lattice extension,
p. 3-28.

5. If the lattice extension needs to rigged in front of the main boom, go


to point 9 in the CHECKLIST: Rigging lattice extension, p. 3-21.
18.02.2000

3 - 18 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.8 Checklists for rigging work

3.8.3 CHECKLIST: Removing the telescopic swing-away lattice


extension

H This checklist is not equivalent to complete operating instructions. There


are accompanying instructions which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warning and safety information given there!

Requirements:
– The truck crane is on outriggers or the main boom is placed on the
boom support.
– An auxiliary crane must be ready.
1. If the lattice extension is folded at the side of the main boom, first
carry out all points including point 9 in the CHECKLIST: Rigging lattice ex-
tension; ➠ p. 3-21.

2. If the lattice extension is rigged in front of the main boom, first carry
out all points up to and including point 22 in the CHECKLIST: Unrig-
ging lattice extension; ➠ p. 3-28.

3. Slinging lattice extension on auxiliary crane; ➠ Slinging points, p. 3-15.

4. Loosen swing connection between foot section and main boom and
set down lattice extension onto separate vehicle with auxiliary crane;
➠ Connections on main boom head – swing connections, p. 3-41.
➠ Transport on separate vehicle, p. 3-60.

5. Attaching adapter unit and removing from main boom head;


➠ Mounting/removing adapter unit, p. 3-32.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 19


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.8 Checklists for rigging work

3.8.4 CHECKLIST: Rigging the telescopic swing-away lattice extension

H This checklist is not equivalent to complete operating instructions. There


are accompanying instructions which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warning and safety information given there!

1. Prepare the truck crane for rigging the swing-away lattice extension;
➠ Preparing the truck crane for rigging and unrigging, p. 3-31.
2. Mounting adapter unit in front of the main boom head;
➠ Mounting/removing adapter unit, p. 3-32.

3. The operating mode selector switch (additional equipment only for


2 truck crane with luffing jib) is in position 0 for working with the main
1 boom; ➠ Location of the additional operating and display elements of the
0 luffing jib, p. 6-2.

4. Check if the lattice extension is in the driving position:


Ö4 – the warning lamp Telescoping main boom blocked lights up,
– and the indicator lamp Lattice extension in driving position lights up;
➠ Swinging lattice extension on the run-up rail, p. 3-64.
5. Establish electrical connection between lattice extension and main
boom; ➠ Establishing/disconnecting electrical connection for rigging work,
p. 3-48.

6. Connecting the mobile switch unit; ➠ Swinging lattice extension onto


the run-up rail, p. 3-64.
18.02.2000

3 - 20 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.8 Checklists for rigging work

7. Establish swing connection between foot section and adapter unit on


the main boom; ➠ Pin connections to swing the lattice extension, p. 3-41.

8. Loosen connection between lattice extension and main boom in the


front area; ➠ Connections in front area, p. 3-40.

9. Attaching guide rope on lattice extension head section.

10. Press the lattice extension with the swivel ram from the run-up rail
and release the swivel ram; ➠ Connections in the middle area, p. 3-38.

11. Swinging lattice extension in front of the main boom head;


➠ Swinging the lattice extension during rigging, p. 3-43.

12. Locking the lattice extension on the left side with adapter unit;
➠ Pin connections for working with the lattice extension, p. 3-44.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 21
GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.8 Checklists for rigging work

13. Locking the lattice extension on the right side with adapter unit;
➠ Pin connections for working with the lattice extension, p. 3-44.

H See point 17 for rigging the 11 m telescopic swing-away lattice extension

14. Establish hydraulic connection between lattice extension and main


boom to rig the 19 m telescopic swing-away lattice extension;
➠ Establishing/disconnecting hydraulic connection, p. 3-46.

15. Remove locking pins, extend lattice extension fully and insert locking
pins; ➠ Telescoping lattice extension, p. 3-49.

16. Disconnect hydraulic connection between lattice extension and main


boom; ➠ Establishing/disconnecting hydraulic connection, p. 3-46.

17. Remove the mobile switch unit; ➠ Swinging lattice extension onto the
run-up rail, p. 3-64.
18.02.2000

3 - 22 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.8 Checklists for rigging work

18. Disconnect electrical connection between lattice extension and main


boom; ➠ Establishing/disconnecting electrical connection for rigging work,
p. 3-48.

19. Fold out deflection sheave in foot section; ➠ Folding deflection sheave
out/in, p. 3-54.

20. Sling lattice extension on hoist rope and set required angle;
➠ Setting angle on lattice extension, p. 3-50.

21. Guide the hoist rope over the deflection sheave and the head sheave;
➠ Placing and reeving hoist rope, p. 3-55.

22. Reeve the hoist rope on the hook block; ➠ Placing and reeving hoist
rope, p. 3-55.

23. Move lifting limit switch from the head of the main boom to the head
section of the lattice extension and then connect; ➠ Lifting limit switch
on lattice extension, p. 3-57.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 23
GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.8 Checklists for rigging work

24. Move anemometer from the head of the main boom to the head sec-
tion of the lattice extension; ➠ Anemometer on lattice extension, p. 3-59.

25. Attach lifting limit switch weight and guide hoist rope through the
weight; ➠ Operating instructions for GMK 6300 – lifting limit switch
weight.

26. Enter the SLI code according to the Lifting capacity table for the actual
00== rigging mode of the truck crane with the telescopic swing-away lattice
extension.

Further working steps for raising the boom; ➠ p. 3-62.


Telescoping with rigged lattice extension; ➠ p. 3-63.

18.02.2000

3 - 24 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.8 Checklists for rigging work

3.8.5 CHECKLIST: Unrigging the telescopic swing-away lattice


extension

H This checklist is not equivalent to complete operating instructions. There


are accompanying instructions which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warning and safety information given there!

1. Prepare the truck crane for unrigging; ➠ Preparing the truck crane for
rigging and unrigging, p. 3-31.

2. Enter the SLI code according to the Lifting capacity table for the actual
00== rigging mode of the truck crane with the telescopic swing-away lattice
extension.

3. Retract the main boom completely and do not lower it so much that
the head sheave touches the ground.

4. Remove lifting limit switch weight.

5. Reeve out hoist rope from the hook block; ➠ Placing and reeving hoist
rope, p. 3-55.

6. Connecting the mobile switch unit; ➠ Swinging lattice extension onto the
run-up rail, p. 3-64.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 25
GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.8 Checklists for rigging work

7. Sling lattice extension on hoist rope and adjust angle for the angle
of 0°; ➠ Setting angle on lattice extension, p. 3-50.

H
8. Lower the main boom to horizontal position.

See point 12 for unrigging the 11 m telescopic swing-away lattice


extension.

9. Establish hydraulic connection between lattice extension and main


boom to unrig the 19 m telescopic swing-away lattice extension;
➠ Establishing/disconnecting hydraulic connection, p. 3-46.

10. Remove locking pins, retract lattice extension and insert locking pins;
➠ Telescoping lattice extension, p. 3-49.

11. Disconnect hydraulic connection between lattice extension and main


boom; ➠ Establishing/disconnecting hydraulic connection, p. 3-46.

12. Remove anemometer; ➠ Anemometer, p. 3-59.


18.02.2000

3 - 26 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.8 Checklists for rigging work

13. Move lifting limit switch from the head section of the lattice extension to
the head of the main boom; ➠ Lifting limit switch on the lattice extension,
p. 3-57.

14. Establish electrical connection between lattice extension and main


boom; ➠ Establishing/disconnecting electrical connection for rigging work,
p. 3-48.

15. Attaching guide rope on lattice extension head section.

16. Check if the tilt cylinder is retracted on the main boom; ➠ Connections
in the middle area, p. 3-38.

17. Remove the two locking pin between lattice extension and adapter
unit on the right side; ➠ Pin connections for working with the lattice
extension, p. 3-44.

18. Remove the upper locking pins between the lattice extension and the
adapter unit on the left side; ➠ Pin connections for working with the
lattice extension, p. 3-44.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 27
GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.8 Checklists for rigging work

19. Reel hoist rope up to the main boom head.

20. Fold in deflection sheave in foot section; ➠ Folding deflection sheave


out/in, p. 3-54.

21. Remove the locking pin below on the left side between the lattice
extension and the adapter unit; ➠ Pin connections for working with the
lattice extension, p. 3-44.

22. Swing lattice extension on the side up to the run-up rail; ➠ Swinging
the lattice extension during rigging, p. 3-43.

H If the lattice extension needs to be removed for on-road driving, see the
CHECKLIST Removing lattice extension, Point 3; ➠ p. 3-19.

23. Attach tilt cylinder on lattice extension; ➠ Connections in the middle


area, p. 3-38.

24. Pull lattice extension onto the run-up rail until the connection between
the lattice extension and the main boom engages in the front area;
➠ Pulling lattice extension onto the run-up rail, p. 3-39.
18.02.2000

3 - 28 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.8 Checklists for rigging work

25. Secure the lattice extension with locking pins; ➠ Connection in the front
area – Establishing connection, ➠ p. 3-40.

26. Remove swing connection between foot section and adapter unit on
the main boom; ➠ Pin connections to swing the lattice extension, p. 3-41.

27. Disconnect electrical connection between lattice extension and main


boom; ➠ Establishing/disconnecting electrical connection for rigging work,
p. 3-48.

28. If the truck crane needs to be moved with a lattice extension folded at
the side, swing the lattice extension into the driving position;
➠ Swinging lattice extension on the run-up rail, p. 3-64.

29. Remove the mobile switch unit; ➠ Swinging lattice extension onto the
run-up rail, p. 3-64.

30. Attach adapter unit and remove from main boom head; ➠ Mounting/
removing adapter unit, p. 3-32.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 29
GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.8 Checklists for rigging work

31. Secure the lattice extension for transport with holding rope and shack-
les; sling adapter unit and remove from the main boom head;
➠ Transport of the lattice extension – folded at the side, p. 3-60.

32. Check whether the lattice extension is in transport position;


➠ Checking driving/main boom operation rigging modes, p. 3-33.

18.02.2000

3 - 30 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

3.9 Description of rigging work

3.9.1 Preparing the truck crane for rigging

Requirements for Before you rig a lattice extension, the following requirements must be
rigging met:
– The lattice extension is mounted at the side on the main boom and is in
transport condition.
– The counterweight version required according to the Lifting capacity table
for the planned operation with the lattice extension is rigged.
– The truck crane is supported with the prescribed outrigger span for the
planned operation with the lattice extension according to the Lifting
capacity table and is aligned horizontally.
– The telescoping ram is locked in telescope section IV and is retracted
as far as possible just before the start of rigging so that all telescoping
parts are fully retracted.
– The hook block is unreeved until the hoist rope extends to the ground
on the left side of the main boom.
– The hoist rope is unreeled from the main boom head appox. 10 m
(33 ft)wide towards the front (until the hoist rope stop for angling).

S
Risk of damaging the hoist rope!
Always keep the hoist rope on the left side of the main boom going down
to the ground. In this way, you will prevent that the hoist rope will be
damaged by getting stuck on the retaining part while being tightened.

Requirements for Before you lower a lattice extension or the boom extension into a horizon-
unrigging tal position, the following requirements must be met:

– No other load is raised apart from the hook block.


26.06.2000

– The required counterweight version for operation with the rigged lattice
extension according to the Lifting capacity table is rigged.
– The truck crane is supported with the outrigger span prescribed for
operation with the rigged lattice extension according to the Lifting
capacity table.
– The main boom is fully retracted (0 / 0 / 0 / 0).
– The SLI code is entered for operation with the rigged lattice extension.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 31
GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

– The telescoping ram is locked in telescope section IV and is retracted


as far as possible just before the start of rigging so that all telescoping
parts are fully retracted.
If these requirements are met, lowering into the horizontal position with
lattice extension and a slewing range of 360° is permitted and is moni-
tored by the SLI; ➠ Raising the setting down the main boom with rigged lattice
extension, p. 3-62.

Do not override the SLI when lowering into a horizontal position!

3.9.2 Mounting/removing adapter unit

For the installation and rigging of the lattice extension an adapter unit
must be mounted in front of the main boom head.
The adapter unit contains the required mountings on which the lattice
extension is locked for swinging and for operation.

The retaining pins (1) for the connection are


in holdings on the foot of the adapter unit.

Mounting adapter unit


• Sling the adapter unit onto an auxiliary
crane; ➠ Slinging points, p. 3-15.
• Lift the adapter unit in front of the main
boom head so that the bearing points (2)
and (3) align on both sides.
• Remove a retaining needle from each re-
taining pin (1) and sling the retaining pins
as far as possible on the second retaining
needle into the bearing points (2) and (3)
on both sides.
• Secure all pins with retaining needles.
18.02.2000

3 - 32 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

Removing adapter unit


• Sling the adapter unit onto an auxiliary
crane; ➠ Slinging points, p. 3-15.
• Remove the safety needles (3) on each
retaining pin (2) on the outside.
• Strike the retaining pin inwards through
the bearing points.
The pins fall into the pin catch boards (1).
• Insert all retaining pins in the holdings (4)
on the adapter unit and secure them each
with two retaining needles.

3.9.3 Checking driving / working with the main boom rigging modes

Depending on whether the truck crane needs to be moved

– with a lattice extension folded at the side (axle load greater than 12 t)
– or you are working with the main boom,
certain rigging modes must be fulfilled.

S
Be careful not to damage the lattice extension and the main boom!
Always create the corresponding rigging mode for driving or working
with the main boom before you move the truck crane with the lattice
extension folded at the side or work with the main boom.
Only then is the lattice extension secured against slipping and the given
vehicle width is observed.

You must check transport condition:


– After unrigging the lattice extension before you move the truck crane
with the lattice extension folded at the side.
– After unrigging the lattice extension before you operate the truck crane
whilst working with the main boom with the lattice extension folded at
18.02.2000

the side.
The following paragraphs and the diagram show the required rigging
modes for the mode in question.

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 33


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

18.02.2000

s
3 - 34 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension
GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

Rigging modes • Check if the following connections are made or disconnected.


with lattice
extension folded
at the side
– The connection between lattice extension and main boom is engaged
in the front area and the locking pin is inserted (1); ➠ Connections in the
front area, p. 3-40.
– The tilt cylinder is attached to the lattice extension (2);
➠ Connections in the middle area, p. 3-38.
– The adapter unit is removed from the main boom head (8);
➠ Mounting/removing adapter unit, p. 3-32.
– The lattice extension is secured with a retaining rope on the main
boom (5); ➠ Transportation of the lattice extension – folded at the side,
p. 3-60.

For the driving position


– The lattice extension is engaged on the run-up rail in the position
for driving (3); ➠ Positions in rear area, p. 3-37.
– The warning lamp Telescoping main boom blocked lights up.
Ö – The indicator lamp Lattice extension in driving position lights up.
4 – The Danger of collision warning lamp in the driver’s cabin is not lit.
3
For working with the main boom position
– The lattice extension is engaged on the run-up rail in the position for
working with the main boom (4); ➠ Positions in rear area, p. 3-37.
– The warning lamp Telescoping main boom blocked has gone out.
Ö – The indicator lamp Lattice extension in driving position has gone out.
4 – The plug for the lattice extension’s electrical connection is in the
dummy socket (7) on the right-hand side of the main boom;
➠ Establishing/disconnecting electrical connection for rigging work, p. 3-48.
– The hydraulic connection between the lattice extension and the main
boom is disconnected (6); ➠ Establishing/disconnecting hydraulic
connection, p. 3-46.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 35


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

3.9.4 Connections and positions with the lattice extension folded at


the side

The lattice extension is turned sideways to the main boom in the folded
position.
In this position there are three areas in which rigging work must be
carried out.
– in the rear area (1), on the run-up rail
– in the middle area (2), in front of the derricking cylinder’s pivot point
– in the front area (3), about 1 m (3.3 ft) behind the collar of the basic
section.
In every area there are bearing points at which connections must be made
or disconnected or at which the lattice extension must be moved into a
certain position.

26.06.2000
18.02.2000

3 - 36 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

Positions in the In the rear area there is a run-up rail. The lattice extension may be in two
rear area different positions on the run-up rail:
– in the driving position and
– in the working with the main boom position.
Swinging from one position into another is done via a hydraulic cylinder;
➠ Swinging lattice extension on the run-up rail, p. 3-64.

Driving position
In the Driving position the spring pin (1)
engages in the outer recess (2).
In the crane cab the indicator lamp Lattice
4
extension in driving position lights up.

H In this position telescoping the main boom is blocked electrically. The


display of the warning lamp Telescoping main boom blocked depends on the
electrical connections; ➠ p. 3-48.

Working with the main boom position


In the Main boom operation position the spring
pin (1) engages in the inner recess (2).
The indicator lamp Lattice extension in driving
position4 goes out in the crane cab.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 37
GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

Connections in The connection in the middle area consists of a hydraulic tilt cylinder
the middle area which is fixed on the basic section and can be attached to the lattice
extension.

The tilt cylinder must be attached to the lattice extension so that the
lattice extension can be pulled onto the run-up rail during unrigging.
The tilt cylinder must be released on the lattice extension so that the
lattice extension can be swung in front of the main boom.

H Apart from rigging work the tilt cylinder also has the function of swinging
the lattice extension on the run-up rail between the positions driving and
working with the main boom; ➠ p. 3-64.

Extending/retracting the tilt cylinder


To attach and detach the tilt cylinder, you have to extend and retract it
first. Moving the tilt cylinder is done via the mobile switch unit (connect
the switch unit ➠ p. 3-64).

Retracting: Press push-button to (1) Turning in main boom operation


position

Extending: Press push-button to (2) Turning in driving position

Release tilt cylinder


The swivel ram is detached after it presses
down the lattice extension from the run-up
rail.

• Release the head (2) of the tilt cylinder


from the strut (3).
To do this lift the tilt cylinder (1).
• Retract the tilt cylinder (top push-button).
• Put the tilt cylinder on the rest (4).
18.02.2000

3 - 38 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

Attach tilt cylinder


The tilt cylinder is attached when the lattice
extension is swung onto the run-up rail.

The tilt cylinder (1) is in the rest (4).

• Extend the tilt cylinder until the head (2) is


attached to the strut (3).

Pulling lattice extension onto the run-up rail


If, when unrigging, you swung the lattice extension onto the run-up rail,
you can pull it with the tilt cylinder onto the run-up rail:

• Attach the tilt cylinder.


• Press the push-button to Turning in main boom operation position; the tilt
cylinder retracts and pulls the lattice extension onto the run-up rail.
• Press the top push-button on the switch unit Swing lattice extension, the
tilt cylinder retracts and pulls the lattice extension onto the run-up rail.
• Pull the lattice extension onto the run-up rail until it engages in the
required position for driving or working with the main boom.

Pressing the lattice extension from the run-up rail


Before slewing the lattice extension in front of the main boom, you must
press it from the run-up rail with the swivel ram.

• Press the push-button Turning in driving position; the tilt cylinder extends
and presses the lattice extension from the run-up rail.
• Detach the swivel ram.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 39
GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

Connections in In the front area there is a connection between the basic section and the
the front area lattice extension.

The connection must be made when the lattice extension is folded on the
side of the main boom during unrigging or installation.
The connection must be disconnected when the lattice extension is being
rigged or removed.

Disconnecting connection
• Remove the locking pin (1) from the bore
in the bearing block (2), insert it in the hol-
der (5) and secure it with the retaining pin.
• Lift the lever (4) and hold it. You must over-
come a spring force to lift.
• Move the lever to the side and put it on the
rest (3).
When the lever is on the rest the connection
between the lattice extension and the basic
section is disconnected.

Establishing connection
The two following points must be carried out
before you swivel the lattice extension onto
the run-up rail:
• Lift the lever (4) against the spring force
from the rest (3) and move it to the side.
• Slowly yield to the spring force. The lever
is moved down into the end position.
• Pull the lattice extension onto the run-off
rail in the driving position, until the connec-
tion engages.

• Remove the locking pin (1) from the holder (5), insert it in the bore hole
18.02.2000

in the bearing block (2) and secure it with the retaining pin.
The connection is now established and secured.

3 - 40 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

3.9.5 Pin connection to swing the lattice extension

The pin connection for swinging the lattice extension is made and discon-
nected between the bearing points of the foot section and the adapter
unit on the right side of the main boom.

The connection must be made so that you can swing the lattice extension
in front of the main boom head during rigging or onto the basic section
during unrigging.

The connection must be disconnected so that you can swing the lattice
extension into the working with the main boom position.

G
Risk of accidents due to falling parts!
Always secure the pins both in the bearing points and in the holders
using retaining pins.
This prevents unsecured pins from becoming loose, falling out and
causing injuries.

H If the bearing points for the slewing connection do not align, you can
align the lattice extension by turning using the mobile switch unit;
➠ p. 3-64.

Making swing The connections are made with pins on the bearing points.
connection The pins are inserted in holders on the lattice extension and are secured
with retaining needles.
• Release the retaining needles and remove
the two pins from the holders (3) and (4).
• Insert one pin into each of the bearing
points (1) and (2).
• Secure both pins with the retaining
needles.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 41
GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

Disconnecting Before you disconnect this connection the following must be ensured:
swing connection
– during rigging the lattice extension is on the run-up rail and the connec-
tion is engaged in the front area; ➠ Connections in the front area, p. 3-40.
– during removal the lattice extension is attached to an auxiliary crane;
➠ Slinging points, p. 3-15.

G
Risk of accidents from a falling lattice extension!
Always assure that the connection in the front range is engaged before
releasing the slewing connection.
In this way, you prevent the lattice extension from falling and causing
injury to you or others after releasing the slewing connection.

• Release the retaining needles and remove


the two pins and from the bearing points
(1) and (2).
• Insert a pin into each of the holdings (3)
and (4).
• Secure both pins with the retaining
needles.

18.02.2000

3 - 42 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

3.9.6 Swinging the lattice extension when rigging

When rigging you must swing the lattice extension from the run-up rail in
front of the main boom head.

When unrigging you must swing the lattice extension up to the run-up
rail. Pulling up onto the run-up rail is done via the tilt cylinder.

• Use a shackle to fix a guide rope to the connection eye on the lattice
extension towards the front.

G
Risk of accidents from swinging lattice extension!
Always secure the lattice extension with a guide rope and make sure there
are no people or objects in the slewing range of the lattice extension.

Requirements for – The connection between the foot section and the adapter unit is discon-
swinging nected; ➠ Pin connections for working with the lattice extension, p. 3-44.
– The tilt cylinder is released on the lattice extension; ➠ Connections in the
middle area, p. 3-38.
– A guide rope is attached to the head section.

When rigging • Pull the lattice extension on the guide rope from the run-up rail. Here
you must overcome the spring force with which the spring pins are
pushed into the recesses of the run-up rail; ➠ Pressing the lattice extension
from the run-up rail, p. 3-39.
• Swing the lattice extension in front of the main boom head.

When unrigging • Swing the lattice extension only up to the run-up rail. Pulling up onto
the run-up rail is done via the tilt cylinder; ➠ Pulling lattice extension onto
the run-up rail, p. 3-39.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 43


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

3.9.7 Pin connections for working with the lattice extension

If the lattice extension is swung in front of the main boom head, the foot
section on both sides of the adapter unit is locked there.
The pins are inserted in holders on the lattice extension and are secured
with retaining needles.

G
Risk of accidents due to falling parts!
Always secure the pins both in the bearing points and in the holders
using retaining needles. This prevents unlocked pins from becoming
loose, falling out and causing injuries.

Locking foot section with adapter


The pins for this connection are in holdings
(2) on the foot section.

• Insert a pin on the left side in the upper


bearing point (1).
• If necessary, align the lower bearing
points (3); ➠ Align lower bearing points,
p. 3-45.
• Lock the lower bearing points.
• First insert the two pins on the right side
into bearing points (1) and (3).
• Secure all pins with retaining needles.

H The swivel pins remain inserted for working with the lattice extension.
18.02.2000

3 - 44 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

Disconnecting connection between foot


section and adapter

• Release the hoist rope from the lattice


extension.

• First release the pins on the left side, knock


them out of the bearing points (1) and (3)
and insert them in the holders (2).

• Then release the pin on the upper left side,


knock it out of the bearing point and insert
it in the holders (2).

• Relieve pressure on the lower pins on the


left side, if necessary; ➠ Align lower bearing
points, p. 3-45.

• Release the pin on the lower left side, knock it out of the bearing point and
insert it in the holders (2).

H
• Secure all pins with retaining pins.

Let the swivel pins insert in the bearing points.

Align the lower If the lower bearing points on the left side do not align or the pins are
bearing points under pressure, you can align them.

For this purpose, there is a hand pump (1) at


the foot section of the lattice extension with
which you can extend the pins (2).

• Move the pins far enough out that the


bearing points (3) are aligned or until the
pin (4) is relieved of pressure.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 45


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

3.9.8 Establishing/disconnecting the hydraulic connection

The lattice extension is connected hydraulically on the right side of the


main boom.

The hydraulic connection must be made so that the lattice extension can
be telescoped.
The hydraulic connection must be disconnected for working with the
lattice extension (before telescoping the main boom).

G
Risk of damaging the hydraulic hoses!
Always disconnect the hydraulic connection immediately after you have
telescoped the lattice extension. By doing this you prevent the hydraulic
hoses tearing when the main boom is telescoped.

H The connections are made via quick couplings.


Half couplings which belong together are colour coded.
Use the delivered levering tool to make the hydraulic connections;
➠ Connecting quick couplings with levering tool, p. 3-47.
Establishing the hydraulic connection
• Remove the hose pipes (1) from the hol-
ders (3) on the foot section.
• Connect the hose pipes to the quick
couplings (2) on the main boom head
(observe colour code).

Disconnecting the hydraulic connection


• Remove the hose pipes (1) from the quick
couplings (2) on the main boom head.
• Clamp the hose pipes in the holders (3) on
the foot section.
18.02.2000

3 - 46 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

Connecting quick A levering tool is supplied to make it easier to connect the quick couplings.
couplings with
levering tool

The loose half coupling (6) is pressed into


the fixed half coupling (5) with the levering
tool (1).

There are sleeves (4) placed on the retaining


sheets of the fixed half couplings in which
the levering tool is supported on the journals
(3).

The two journals are offset so that the levering


tool can be inserted into the sleeve on the
right or left, depending on the height of the
fixed half coupling.
If the position of the fixed half couplings is
mixed up (e.g. the higher half coupling on
the right) you can fold the rocker (2) 180° up
and turn the levering tool round.

Blank page
26.06.2000

• Insert the levering tool in the sleeve (2) with a journal so that it is at the
correct height for the fixed half couplings (3).
• Place the loose half coupling (4) on the fixed half coupling.
18.02.2000

• Place the fork (5) on the loose half coupling.


• Push the lever (1) up. The loose half coupling is pressed into the fixed
half coupling.

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 47


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

3.9.9 Electrical connection for rigging work

This section describes the connection of the electrical connection required


for rigging the lattice extension (to activate the switch units for telescop-

H
ing and swinging the lattice extension).

The electrical connections for the connection of the lifting limit switch
can be found in the section Lifting limit switch on the lattice extension;
➠ Lifting limit switch on the lattice extension, p. 3-57.
The connecting cable on the right side of the
main boom is wound up on the holders (3)
and connected to the socket (1).

Establishing electrical connection


• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1) on
the main boom.
• Unwind the connecting cable from the
holdings (3).
• Remove the dummy plug (5) from the
socket (4) on the lattice extension and
insert the plug (2) there.

Disconnecting electrical connection


• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (4) on
the lattice extension and insert the dummy
plug (5) there.
• Insert the plug in the socket (1) on the
main boom.
• Wind up the connecting cable on the
holders (3).

H Telescoping the main boom is enabled electrically only when the plug of
the connecting cable is in the socket on the main boom. This ensures that
18.02.2000

the connecting cable does not tear when telescoping the main boom.

3 - 48 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

3.9.10 Telescoping lattice extension

The lattice extension is telescoped from a hydraulic motor via a chain


drive. The following prerequisites must be fulfilled for telescoping:

– the electrical connection is made for rigging work; ➠ p. 3-48.


– the hydraulic connection is made; ➠ p. 3-46.
– Both electronic connections for the lifting limit switch are inserted in
the dummy sockets on the lattice extension; ➠ p. 3-57.
– The mechanical safety device on the lattice extension is released;
➠ Inserting/releasing mechanical lock – in this section.

Inserting/relea- The lattice extension is secured mechanically with a locking pin.


sing mechanical The locking pin must be inserted for operation and transportation of the
safety device lattice extension.
The locking pin (2) is inserted in the same
place through the bore (1) with a retracted
and extended lattice extension.

Before telescoping
• Remove the retaining needle (3) and pull
the locking pin out of the bore.
After telescoping
• Insert the locking pin in the bore and secure
it with the retaining needle (3).

S
Risk of accidents with removed mechanical safety device!
After telescoping always insert the locking pin in the bore. By doing this
you prevent the lattice extension telescoping without you wanting it to
because of the mechanical forces arising when the main boom is being
raised or when a load is being lifted and thus leading to dangerous situa-
tions and, in turn, accidents.

Telescoping The lattice extension may be telescoped only into the two following posi-
lattice extension tions for operation and in folded-at-the-side transport position:
– retracted (11 m length of lattice extension length; Operation and transport)
18.02.2000

– extended (19 m lattice extension length; Operation)

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 49
GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

Telescoping the lattice extension is done via the mobile switch unit
(connect the switch unit ➠ p. 3-64).

Retracting: Press Retract push-button (2).

Extending: Press Extend push-button (1).

Extending
• Completely extend the lattice extension.
• Insert the locking pin and secure it with the
retaining needle.

Retracting
• Retract the lattice extension until the bores
(1) align.
• Insert the locking pin and secure it with the
retaining needle.

When telescoping, the telescope section runs over an adjustable support


roller (2). The support roller is factory adjusted.
If the support roller should need to be adjusted, do so according to the
adjusting instructions in chapter 5 so as to avoid damage to the telescope
section; ➠ Adjusting the support roller for the telescope section; p. 3-94.

3.9.11 Adjusting angle on the lattice extension

Three different angles can be set on the lattice extension:


– 0° angle for transport
– 5° angle for operation
– 30° angle for operation.
The lattice extension is slung on the hoist rope to adjust the angle so that
it can be inclined with the hoisting gear. The degree of the angle is deter-
18.02.2000

mined by securing pins, which are inserted or removed at the respective


places.

3 - 50 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

G
Risk of accidents and damage when inclining!
If the lattice extension is inclined in an incorrect fashion, it can lead to
accidents and to damage to the lattice extension and the hoist rope.
Therefore, only proceed according to the following instructions when
inclining the lattice extension and observe all safety instructions.

Attaching lattice During rigging, you must sling the lattice extension to the hoist rope before
extension to you knock out the pins on the sides of the foot section.
hoist rope
During unrigging you must attach the lattice extension to the hoist rope
so that you can raise the lattice extension into the 0° angle.

• Guide the hoist rope over the deflection


sheave on the the foot section on the left
side of the lattice extension up to the draw
shackle (1).
• Secure the rope end clamp (2) to the draw
shackle.

S
Risk of damaging the hoist rope!
Always guide the hoist rope via the folded out deflection sheave in the
foot section when you are slinging the lattice extension to the hoist rope
for adjusting the angle. Doing this prevents the hoist rope from dragging
on the transverse struct in front of the deflection sheave and suffering
damage from excessive forces caused by the unfavorable angle.

Adjusting the This section decribes the procedure for setting the angle.
angle The required pin connections for the different angles are illustrated in the
following section; ➠ p. 3-52.

When rigging
18.02.2000

• Lift the lattice extension with the hoist rope until the inserted pins are
relieved.

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 51
GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

• Remove the retaining needles and knock out the required pins;
➠ p. 3-52.

S
Danger of damage when putting down the head.
When inclining the lattice extension, never lower the main boom so much
that the head of the lattice extension touches the ground. If the lattice ex-
tension is put on the ground or moved on the ground, the lattice exten-
sion can be damaged.

• Incline the lattice extension with the hoist into the required angle.
Be sure that the head does not touch the ground when doing this.
• Make the necessary pin connections for this angle and secure all pins
with retaining pins; ➠ p. 3-52.

When unrigging
• Lift the lattice extension with the hoist rope until the inserted pins are
relieved.
• Remove the locking pins at a 5° angle; ➠ p. 3-52.
• Pull the lattice extension to a 0° angle with the hoist rope.

S
Risk of damaging the hoist rope when lowering!
If you have pulled the lattice extension as far as possible into the 0° posi-
tion with the hoist rope, you always have to leave some hoist rope before
you lower the main boom. In this position, the lattice extension no longer
compensate for the change of reach by inclining. The hoist rope will be
subject to strain when lowering and can tear.

• Leave some hoist rope and do not lower the main boom so much that
the head touches the ground.
• Make the necessary pin connections for the 0° angle and secure all pins
with retaining pins.

Required pin There are two pins with retaining needles on both sides of the foot section:
connections for – a long securing pin and
the angle – a shorter locking pin.
Depending on the angle of the lattice extension the pins are inserted in
different bores or in holders on the foot section.
18.02.2000

3 - 52 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

G
Risk of accidents from lattice extension folding down!
Always secure the lattice extension with the hoist rope before you knock
out pins for the angle. In this way you prevent the lattice extension sud-
denly folding down unchecked and injuring yourself or other people.

0° angle
On both sides the securing pins are inserted
in the bores (1) and the locking pins in the
holders (3).
All pins are secured with retaining needles.
The bore (2) remains free.

5° angle
On both sides the securing pins are inserted
in the bores (2).
As a fall-back guard both locking pins are
inserted in the bores (1).
All pins are secured with retaining needles.

30° angle
Locking pins are inserted on both sides in
the holders (3) and secured with retaining
pins.
The bores (1) and (2) remain free.

• Insert the securing pin into the holdings (4)


and secure them with retaining pins.

G
Risk of accidents from non-secured securing pin!
Alway secure the securing pins in the holders (4) with retaining pins.
During the raising of the main boom, non-secured securing pins slip out
of the holders, fall down, and can injure people.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 53


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

3.9.12 Folding deflection sheave out/in on the foot section

The deflection sheave must be folded out for operation with the lattice
extension and for setting the angle.

The deflection sheave must be folded in for transport.

Folding out deflection sheave


• Remove the retaining needle and pull the
pin (3) from the bore (2) in the deflection
sheave.
• Fold the deflection sheave up until the
bore (1) is aligned with the bore (2).
• Secure the deflection sheave in this posi-
tion with the pin (3, diagram below).
• Secure the pin with the retaining needle.

Folding in deflection sheave


• Hold the deflection sheave and pull the pin
(3) out of the bore (1).
• Fold the deflection sheave down as far as
possible.
• Insert the pin into the bore (2) in the deflec-
tion sheave (top picture).
• Secure the pin with the retaining needle.
18.02.2000

3 - 54 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

3.9.13 Placing and reeving hoist rope

G
Risk of accidents due to falling parts!
Always secure the hoist rope holding rollers and rods with retaining
needles.
This prevents elements coming loose, falling down and injuring people.

Positioning
hoist rope

11 m-telescopic swing-away lattice extension


(36 ft-telescopic swing-away lattice extension)

19 m-telescopic swing-away lattice extension


(62 ft -telescopic swing-away lattice extension)

• Remove the hoist rope holding rollers and rods (1).


• Put the hoist rope under the rope grab on the main boom, over the
deflection sheave (3) and over the head sheave (2).
• Put all hoist rope holding rollers and rods back in place and secure
these with retaining needles.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 55
GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

Reeving the hoist The hoist rope may be reeved once or twice depending on the length of
rope the lattice extension. The following diagram shows the possible reeving
methods.

1-pulley hook block 1 fall


max. load bearing capacity
of the hook block 32 t (70 548 lbs)
max. load bearing capacity
with the GMK 6300: 35t (77 160 lbs)

1 fall 2 fall
hook tackle
max. load bearing capacity
of the hook tackle 12 t (26 456 lbs)
max. load bearing capacity
with the GMK 6300: 11 t (24 251 lbs)

Reeving with the hook block and the hook


tackle is done in the same way as for the
main boom operation; ➠ GMK 6300 Operat-
ing instructions, Part 2 superstructure – Rigging
work.

• On the 11 m telescopic swing-away lattice


extension with a 2-fall reeving secure the
rope end clamp (2) on the shackle (1) at the
26.06.2000

front of the head section.


18.02.2000

3 - 56 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

3.9.14 Lifting limit switch on the lattice extension

The functions raise hoist, extend main boom and lower main boom are
monitored during operation with the lattice extension by the lifting limit
switch on the lattice extension and are switched off when the lifting limit
switch is actuated.
The same lifting limit switch is used for lattice extension and main boom.

Changing the During rigging you must override the connection on the main boom,
lifting limit remove the lifting limit switch on the main boom and connect to the lattice
switch extension.
During unrigging you must proceed in the reverse order
• Remove the plug of the lifting limit switch
connecting cable from the socket (4) on the
left of the main boom head and insert the
dummy socket there.
The connection is now overridden.

• Remove the retaining needle (1) and pull


the holder (3) with the lifting limit switch
from the holding rod (2).

• For operation with the 11 m lattice exten-


sion attach the retaining sheet with the
lifting limit switch (3) on the holding rod
(1) on the head section.
• For operation with the 19 m lattice exten-
sion attach the retaining sheet with the
lifting limit switch (3) on the holding rod
(4) on the head section.
• Connect the lifting limit switch on the
socket (2).
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 57
GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

Connecting the The following diagram shows all other electrical connections for the lift-
lifting limit ing limit switch, depending on the length of the lattice extension.
switch

When rigging
• Make the electrical connection to the main boom head by connecting
the plug (2) to the socket (1).
• For operation with the 11 m lattice extension connect the plug (3) to the
socket (5).
• For operation with the 19 m lattice extension connect the plug (4) to the
socket (5).

When unrigging
• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1) and insert it into the dummy
socket on the lattice extension.
• Close the socket (1) using the dummy plug.
• When unrigging the 11 m lattice extension remove the plug (3) from
the socket (5) and insert it in the dummy socket on the lattice extension.
18.02.2000

• When unrigging the 19 m lattice extension remove the plug (4) from
the socket (5) and insert it in the dummy socket on the lattice extension.

3 - 58 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

3.9.15 Anemometer on the lattice extension

H The same anemometer is used for lattice extension and main boom.

Changing During rigging you must remove the anemometer on the main boom,
anemometer secure it to the lattice extension and connect it there.
During unrigging you must proceed in the reverse order.
• Remove the retaining needle (2) and re-
move the anemometer (1) from the holder
(3) on the main boom head.

• Secure the anemometer (1) to the holder


(2) on the head in such away that it can al-
ways move in the upright position (direc-
tion of arrow) when the lattice extension is
raised.
• Secure the anemometer with a retaining
needle.
• Insert the plug (3) of the connecting cable
in the distribution box on the head section.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 59


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.9 Description of rigging work

3.9.16 Transportation of the lattice extension

On a separate
vehicle

G
Sling the lattice extension only on the designated slinging points and use
only lifting gear with sufficient load bearing capacity. This prevents the
lattice extension falling and injuring people while loading;
➠ Slinging points, p. 3-4.
➠ Dimensions and weight, p. 2-1.
• Sling the lattice extension to the slinging points with an auxiliary crane
and set it down on a separate vehicle.
• Place the adapter unit on a separate vehicle.
• Always secure the lattice extension and the adapter unit on the separate
vehicle with belts to prevent slipping and overturning.

S
Risk of damaging insufficient safety during transportation!
Always tie down the lattice extension and the adapter unit on the separa-
te vehicle with suitable belts to prevent slipping.
This prevents the lattice extension or adapter unit slipping during trans-
portation and thus impairing the driving function of the separate vehicle
or falling down and endangering traffic.

Folded at the side If you move the truck crane with the lattice extension folded at the side
you must also secure the lattice extension with a rope.

• Secure the holding rope (2) with a shackle


at the slinging points (1) at the lattie exten-
sion and (3) at the main boom.
Now the lattice extension is secured against
slipping by the run-up rail.
18.02.2000

3 - 60 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.10 Operation with the lattice extension

H
3.10 Operation with the lattice extension

If a hook block is reeved on the main boom during operation with the
lattice extension, the loads given in the lifting capacity tables decrease.
The values which must be taken from the load capacities depend on the
length of the lattice extension and the weight of the hook block and are
entered in their own table in the Lifting capacity tables.

Working- The hoisting, lowering, slewing, derricking and telescoping movements


movements are done in the same way as when operating with the main boom. The te-
lescoping will only be released, however, when the main boom is raised
to at least 75°-78°. The exact value of the angle depends on the length of

H
the lattice extension; ➠ Rigging program in the lifting capacity table.

As soon as the telescopic swing-away lattice extension has been electrical-


ly locked, the maximal speed for the auxiliary hoist, derricking gear, tele-
scoping gear and slewing gear will be reduced to about 70 %.

SLI shutdown When working with the 11 m or 19 m telescopic swing-away lattice exten-
sion, operation is monitored by the SLI.
SLI shutdowns can occur during lattice extension operation for the same
reasons as with main boom operation; ➠ Operating instructions GMK 6300
– Operation of the safe load indicator.

Procedure if the Strong winds can overstrain the truck crane. Closely observe therefore
permissible wind the instructions in chapter Effect of wind on crane operation in the operating
speed is exceeded instructions of the GMK 6300.

If the maximum wind speed according to the


lifting capacity table for the telescopic swing-away lattice extension
is exceeded, proceed as follows:
26.06.2000

Wind speed less than Wind speed greater than


20 m/s (65 ft/s) 20 m/s (65 ft/s)

• Put down the load. • Put down the load.

• Turn the superstructure in such • Completely retract the main


a way that the main boom provi- boom.
des the wind with as little
working surface as possible. • Do not lower the main boom so
much that the head touches the
18.02.2000

ground.

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 61


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.10 Operation with the lattice extension

3.10.1 Raising and setting down the main boom with rigged lattice
extension

S
The main boom may become overloaded!
When raising and setting down the main boom with a rigged lattice exten-
sion you must not move in fast speed.
This prevents the main boom becoming subject to increased vibration
and becoming overloaded.

H To raise and set down the main boom with a rigged lattice extension the
main boom must be fully retracted (SLI display 0 / 0 / 0 / 0) and the SLI
then switches automatically to the rigging program.

To raise and set down the following requirements must be met:

– The SLI code for the actual rigging mode is set on the SLI with the
00== 11 m or 19 m telescopic swing-away lattice extension.
– The current reeving of the hoist rope on the lattice extension is entered.
! – Apart from the hook block there is no load on the lattice extension.

Raising • Derrick in the main boom to raise.

Setting down • Derrick out to set down the main boom whilst making sure that the
head sheave is not pushed over the ground with the 19 m lattice
extension.

S
Danger of damage when putting down the 19 m lattice extension!
When setting down the head sheave of the lattice extension must not
touch the ground. Stop lowering the boom before or attach the lattice
extension to the hoist cable or an auxiliary crane to adjust the angle.
This prevents the lattice extension being pushed forward on the ground
and the extended section from being damaged.
18.02.2000

3 - 62 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.10 Operation with the lattice extension

3.10.2 Telescoping with rigged lattice extension

S
The main boom may become overloaded!
With a rigged lattice extension the main boom must not be telescoped in
fast speed and you must not slew the superstructure at the same time.
This prevents the main boom becoming subject to additional side forces
and increased vibration and becoming overloaded.

The telescoping will only be electrically released when:


– the lattice extension is engaged on the run-up rail in the Main boom
4 operation position (Lattice extension in driving mode indicator lamp is
not lit).
– and when the connecting cable plug on the right side of the main boom
Ö is plugged (Main boom telescoping blocked warning lamp is not lit).

Telescoping with a rigged lattice extension is released by the SLI only if


the main boom is raised to an angle of approx. 75° - 78° (the exact angle
depends on the length of the lattice extension (➠ Rigging programs in the
lifting capacity table).
If the main boom angle is too small for telescoping with the rigged lattice
extension angle, the SLI shows the corresponding error message.

• Put down the load.


• Raise the main boom to an angle necessary according to the rigging
program (➠ Rigging programs in the lifting capacity table).
• Telescope the main boom to the required length and observe the hook
block when doing so; lower and raise it using the hoist.

H
Do not actuate the slewing gear when telescoping.

Telescoping with a load is released by the SLI only for loads which are
below the values of the rigging programs.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 63


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.10 Operation with the lattice extension

3.10.3 Swinging lattice extension onto the run-up rail

The lattice extension can be swung on the run-up rail in the driving and
working with the main boom positions; ➠ Positions in rear area, p. 3-37.
You can carry out the swinging process from the crane cab or outside the
crane cab.

Turning outside When rigging, turning is done via the mobile switch unit. Before rigging
the crane cab work, you have to connect the switch unit.

• Connect the plug (1) of the connecting


cable to the socket (2) at the lattice
extension.
The connecting cable is about 15 m (49 ft)
long, which is long enough for the switch
unit to reach the head (e.g. when estab-
lishing the slewing connection) and the foot
section (e.g. when telescoping).

• After rigging work, pull the plug out of the


socket again and put away the switch unit.

• With the Turning in the main boom range position push-button, turn the
folded lattice extension to the front away from the main boom head.

• With the Turning in the driving position push-button, turn the folded
26.06.2000

lattice extension to the front against the main boom head.

H The lattice extension turns as long as you keep the switch pressed or until
18.02.2000

an end position is reached.

3 - 64 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.10 Operation with the lattice extension

Swinging from When working with the main boom with the lattice extension folded at the
the crane cab side the lattice extension can also be swung from the crane cab.

• To swing into the working with the main boom position press the Swing
b lattice extension rocker switch up.
• To swing into the driving position press the Swing lattice extension rocker
b
H
switch down.

The lattice extension swings as long as you keep the switch pressed or
until an end position is reached.

S
Danger of damage to the hoses of the hydraulic connection!
If you swing the lattice extension from the crane cab to telescope the
main boom make sure before you telescope the main boom that the
hydraulic connection of the lattice extension is disconnected.
This prevents the hydraulic connections being torn during telescoping.

Telescoping the main boom is permitted only when the lattice extension
is in working with the main boom position and the plug of the electric con-
necting cable is in the dummy socket on the right side of the main boom.

If these conditions are fulfilled, the two lights Telescoping main boom blocked
Ö4 and Lattice extension in driving mode go out.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 65


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.10 Operation with the lattice extension

Blank page

18.02.2000

3 - 66 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.11 Turning loads with the lattice extension

3.11 Turning loads with the lattice extension


When turning loads it is necessary to employ a two-hook operation.
The only type of two-hook operation technically possible and protected
by the SLI is described in this chapter using the turning of loads as an
example.

G
Risk of accidents due to overloading!
Lifting a load with two hooks is permissible only if the following instruc-
tions and illustrations are observed!
If these instructions are not observed, accidents could occur due to indivi-
dual parts of the truck crane being overloaded! The SLI then no longer gives
protection.
Two-hook operation with the boom extension is not permitted!

G
Risk of accidents due to overloading!
The load must always be lifted completely with the weakest part first
(lattice extension).

H You can find the position and function of the required operating instru-
ments in the supplied Operating Instructions for the GMK 6300.

3.11.1 Requirements

The following description requires that:


– the main hoist rope is reeved on the main boom and
– the auxiliary hoist rope is reeved on the lattice extension
– the lifting limit switch for both hoisting gears are switched off

G
Risk of accidents due to overloading!
The reeving on the main boom must be equal to or greater than that on
the lattice extension!
If this condition is not fulfilled, the main hoist rope and main hoisting
gear will become overloaded.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 67


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.11 Turning loads with the lattice extension

3.11.2 Setting SLI

H
For two-hook operation both hoists must be activated on the SLI.

It is advisable to enter the reevings for both hoists at the start. The values
are stored and called up directly when switching hoisting gears. This eli-
minates the need for input later during operation. Proceed as follows:

• Switch both hoists off.


Cü To do this press down both rocker switches Auxiliary hoist shutdown and
Main hoist shutdown.
• Switch on the main hoist.
ü To do this push up the rocker switch Main hoist shutdown.

Lamp I for the main hoist lights up in the Hoists position lamps.

• In the display Reeving, enter the quantity of reeved rope on the main
§ hoist rope of the main boom.

Now the reeving for the main hoist is stored and you can switch to the
auxiliary hoist.

• Switch off both hoists.


Cü To do this press down both rocker switches Auxiliary hoist shutdown and
Main hoist shutdown.
• Switch on the auxiliary hoist.
C To do this push up the rocker switch Auxiliary hoist shutdown.
On the indicator lamps Hoists lamp II is flashing for the auxiliary hoist.

• In the display Reeving, enter the quantity of reeved rope on the auxiliary
! hoist rope of the lattice extension.
18.02.2000

Now the reeving for the auxiliary hoist is also stored and you can switch
on the main hoist.

3 - 68 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.11 Turning loads with the lattice extension

• Switch the main hoist on by pressing the Main hoist shutdown rocker
ü switch up.
On the display lamps Hoists, lamp II is now lit for the auxiliary hoist and
lamp I is flashing for the main hoist.

• Set the SLI code for operation with the telescopic swing-away lattice
11== extension which is valid for the current rigging mode of the truck crane.
The SLI is thus set for two-hook operation; it now takes into consideration
the reeving for the auxiliary hoist and the lifting capacity tables for the

H
lattice extension.

In two-hook operation the loads given in the lifting capacity table are
reduced by the weight of both reeved hook blocks.

Turning load To turn loads, proceed only in the manner described as follows.

S
Keep the acceleration force as low as possible during two-hook operation.
Therefore move the load at the lowest possible speed!

H If the load is on two hooks, there will be slight differences in the Actual
load display. However, the differences are on the safe side with regard to

H
SLI deactivation.

If the load is on two hooks, you must not change the SLI code to Operation
with main boom; it must be set to Operation with the lattice extension through-
out the lifting process.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 69
GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.11 Turning loads with the lattice extension

C0183

• Lift the load fully with the lattice extension.


• Only now should you attach the load to the hook block of the main
boom as well.
• Now lift the load with the hook block on the main boom until both
slinging points are at the same height.

C0184

• Slacken the hoist rope on the lattice extension until the load is only
18.02.2000

hanging from the hook block on the main boom.


Turning the load is thus completed.

3 - 70 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.12 Driving with rigged crane and lattice extension installed

3.12 Driving with rigged crane and lattice extension


installed
This section describes how you can move the truck crane with an installed
counterweight and rigged lattice extension.

G
Risk of accidents!
It is forbidden to move the truck crane with a load on the hook.
Put the load down before you move the truck crane.
Secure the hook block so that it cannot swing.

G
Risk of overturning!
Before a rigged crane can be driven the superstructure must be locked
and the slewing gear permanent brake must be engaged.

3.12.1 Driving route

The route must be a flat, even surface. The level adjustment system can-
not compensate for uneven surfaces. If the surface pressure of the tyres
exceeds the permissible load on the ground, the surface pressure must be
increased using packing made of durable material (e.g. wooden planks).

S
Risk of tyre damage!
Check the pressure in the tyres before the rigged truck crane is moved!
The truck crane may be moved only if tyre pressures are at the prescribed
levels; ➠ Operating instructions GMK 6300 – Technical Data.
Do not reduce the tyre pressure!
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 71


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.12 Driving with rigged crane and lattice extension installed

3.12.2 Position of the boom

The vehicle may only be moved if certain conditions are met. The boom
may have to be moved to a specified position, depending on the installed
counterweight.

S
Damage may occur to the axle lines!
Always move the boom to the prescribed position before you move the
rigged truck crane. The permitted load on the axle lines will be exceeded
if the boom is in a position which deviates from the prescribed position.

• Set the appropriate SLI code for the rigging mode on the safe load indi-
00== cator. The SLI codes are found in the Lifting capacity table.

• Move the boom into the prescribed position. The prescribed boom posi-
tion can be found in the following tables.

G
Risk of accidents if SLI is overridden!
Always set the SLI rigging code corresponding to the current rigging
mode when you derrick the main boom into the prescribed position.
Do not override the SLI; the prescribed positions in the following tables
all lie within the areas which are permitted according to the Lifting capacity
tables.
The truck crane safe load indicator does not function when the SLI is
overridden!

18.02.2000

3 - 72 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.12 Driving with rigged crane and lattice extension installed

11 m telescopic The following table is for a rigged 11 m telescopic swing-away lattice ex-
swing-away tension. There is an extra table for the 19 m telescopic lattice extension in

H
lattice extension this section.

All of the axle loads in the following table refer to a driving mode
with the basic unit and a 32 t hook block (weight 620 Kg) reeved on
the lattice extension; larger hook blocks must be unreeved.

Counter- Telescoping Angle Lattice Main Axle load 2) Axle load 2)


weight Tele. of the extension boom in t x 1000 lbs
in t I/II/III/IV main angle position1)
(lbs) boom in °
in front rear front rear

8,0 0/0/0/0 10 5 front 13,5 14,5 29.8 32.0


(17 600) 5
0/0/0/0 82 rear 7,5 17,5 16.5 38.6

22,0 0.5 / 0 / 0 / 0 10 5 front 17,0 16,5 37.4 36.4


(48 500) 5
0/0/0/0 82 rear 11,5 19,0 25.3 41.9

36,0 1.0 / 0 / 0 / 0 10 5 front 20,5 18,0 45.2 39.7


(79 400) 5
0/0/0/0 82 rear 15,0 21,0 33.1 46.3

50,0 1.0 / 0.5 / 0 / 0 10 5 front 21,0 21,5 46.3 47.4


(110 200) 5
0/0/0/0 82 rear 18,5 22,5 40.8 49.6

1.0 / 1.0 / 1.0 / 0 10 5 front 23,0 28,0 50.7 61.7


80,0
(176 400) 5
0/0/0/0 82 rear 26,0 26,5 57.3 584

100,0
not permissible
(220 500)

1)
Boom position at rear = 0° position, boom over
26.06.2000

truck crane rear edge


Boom position at front = 180° position, boom over
driver’s cab
2)
Axle load front: each on the 1st and 2nd axle lines
rear: each on the 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th axle lines

H
18.02.2000

If the front outrigger cylinders cannot be extended after driving the truck
crane; ➠ Extending the outrigger, p. 3-77.

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 73
GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.12 Driving with rigged crane and lattice extension installed

19 m telescopic The following table is for a rigged 19 m telescopic swing-away lattice ex-
swing-away tension. There is an extra table for the 11 m telescopic lattice extension in

H
lattice extension this section.

All of the axle loads in the following table refer to a driving mode with
the basic unit and a 12 t hook block (weight 620 Kg) reeved on the lattice
extension; larger hook blocks must be unreeved.

Counter- Telescoping Angle Lattice Main Axle load 2) Axle load 2)


weight Tele. of the extension boom in t x 1000 lbs
in t I/II/III/IV main angle position1)
(lbs) boom in °
in front rear front rear

8,0 0/0/0/0 10 5 front 14,0 14,0 30.9 30.9


(17 600) 5
0/0/0/0 82 rear 7,5 17,5 16.5 38.6

22,0 0.5 / 0 / 0 / 0 10 5 front 17,5 16,0 38.6 35.3


(48 500) 5
0/0/0/0 82 rear 11,0 19,5 24.2 43.0

36,0 1.0 / 0 / 0 / 0 10 5 front 21,0 18,0 46.3 39.7


(79 400) 5
0/0/0/0 82 rear 14,5 21,0 32.0 46.3

50,0 1.0 / 0.5 / 0 / 0 10 5 front 22,0 21,0 48.5 46.3


(110 200) 5
0/0/0/0 82 rear 18,0 23,0 39.7 50.7

1.0 / 1.0 / 1.0 / 0 10 5 front 23,5 27,5 51.8 60.6


80,0
(176 400) 5
0/0/0/0 82 rear 25,5 26,5 56.2 58.4

100,0
not permissible
(220 500)

1)
Boom position at rear = 0° position, boom over
26.06.2000

truck crane rear edge


Boom position at front = 180° position, boom over
driver’s cab
2)
Axle load front: each on the 1st and 2nd axle lines
rear: each on the 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th axle lines

H
18.02.2000

If the front outrigger cylinders cannot be extended after driving the truck
crane; ➠ Extending the outrigger, p. 3-77.

3 - 74 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.12 Driving with rigged crane and lattice extension installed

3.12.3 Driving the rigged crane

Locking the super- Before the truck crane is moved, the superstructure must be locked to the
structure and carrier; ➠ Operating instructions GMK 6300 – Mechanical superstructure lock.
engaging the
slewing gear
permanent brake
• Lock the superstructure; the indicator lamp Superstructure locked must
! illuminate.
• Apply the slewing gear permanent brake and switch off the Slewing
Y function to prevent inadvertent operation.
To do this push down the Slewing gear permanent brake rocker switch.
The Slewing gear permanent brake applied indicator lamp lights up when

H
the slewing gear permanent brake is applied.

If the crane engine stops the slewing gear permanent brake is automat-
ically applied.

Retracting the • Retract the outrigger cylinders until the wheels are just above the
outrigger ground.

G
Risk of overturning!
Make sure that the truck crane does not overturn when the outriggers are
being retracted!
Retract all the outrigger cylinders as uniformly as possible!

Switching over
the suspension
locking system
• Switch the suspension locking system off. To do this push up the
u Suspension locking system rocker switch. The Suspension locking system
indicator lamp must go out.
• Retract the outrigger cylinders until the truck crane is approximately at
26.06.2000

on-the-road level.
• Activate the suspension locking system again. To do this push down
u the Suspension locking system rocker switch. The Suspension locking system
indicator lamp lights up when the suspension system is locked.
• Continue to retract the outrigger cylinders.

G
Risk of overturning!
18.02.2000

To reduce the risk of the crane overturning do not raise the outrigger pads
more than 5 to 10 cm (2 to 4 inch) off the ground. Leave the outrigger beams
extended.

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 75


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.12 Driving with rigged crane and lattice extension installed

Switching on Before driving with the rigged crane you must switch on separate
separate steering steering:

• Switch on the Level adjustment system key switch.

C0018

• Switch on separate steering by releasing the Separate steering rocker


b switch and pressing it down.
When separate steering is switched on the warning lamp Steering unlocked
?b and the indicator lamp Separate steering light up.

S
Damage may occur to steering linkage!
Before driving with the rigged crane always switch on separate steering
and steer the truck crane only when the vehicle is moving.
If separate steering is switched off or if you steer with the vehicle stationa-
ry the steering linkage may become damaged.

Driving

S
Risk of tyre damage!
Check the pressure in the tyres before the rigged truck crane is moved!
The truck crane may be moved only if tyre pressures are at the prescribed
levels; ➠ Operating instructions GMK 6300.
Do not reduce the tyre pressure!

H The wind speed must be checked before the rigged truck crane is moved!
The same maximum permissible wind speeds apply as when working
with the crane.

• Switch the transfer case to off-the-road gear to move the truck crane;
➠ Operating instructions GMK 6300 – Off-the-road gear.
• Switch on driving range 1; ➠ Operating instructions GMK 6300 –
Opera-tion of the automatic gearbox.
• Drive at only a very low speed!
• The turning radius should be as large as possible when turning corners!
18.02.2000

3 - 76 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.12 Driving with rigged crane and lattice extension installed

• Steer the truck crane only when it is moving and avoid sudden steering
movements!
When the surface is uneven the truck crane must be raised with the outrig-
ger cylinders, horizontally aligned and then re-lowered; ➠ Operating in-
structions GMK 6300 – Retract outrigger and Switch suspension locking system.

Extending the The truck crane must be on outriggers before beginning work with the
outrigger crane; ➠ Operating instructions GMK 6300 – Outrigger.

G
Risk of overturning!
The truck crane must be raised until no wheels touch the ground!

After moving with heavy counterweights, the truck crane could be in a rig-
ging situation in which the front outrigger cylinders cannot lift the crane.

S
Danger of causing damage due to axle loads being too high!
Do not lower the main boom if the truck crane is on wheels. If you lower
the boom, the rear axle lines will be overloaded and damaged.

Proceed in the following manner to support the truck crane:

• Move all outrigger beams to the span required for the job.
• Extend the outrigger cylinders until the wheels of the rear axle lines no
longer touch the ground.
• Extend the front outrigger cylinders out as far as the cylinder force
allows.
• Set the code on the SLI for the intended job.
The rear axle lines are now without a load and you can lower the main
boom.

• If need be, slew the superstructure to the rear and lower the completely
folded-up main boom to 30°.
• Extend the outrigger cylinders until none of the wheels is touching the
ground.
• Align the truck crane horizontally with the outrigger.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 77


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.12 Driving with rigged crane and lattice extension installed

Blank page

18.02.2000

3 - 78 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.13 Malfunctions during operation with the telescopic swing-away lattice extension

3.13 Malfunctions during operation with the telescopic


swing-away lattice extension

3.13.1 Telescopic swing-away lattice extension malfunctions

Malfunction Cause Action

Lattice extension won’t One or more of the Both plugs are in the dummy
telescope connecting cables of the sockets; ➠ Connect the
lifting limit switch is not in the lifting limit switch; p. 3-58.
dummy socket on the lattice
extension
The hydraulic system to the Establish hydraulic joint;
right of the boom head is not ➠ p. 3-46.
connected
The electric connection is not Establish an electrical
connected on the right main connection; ➠ Electrical
boom connection for set up work;
➠ p. 3-48.
Hydraulic joint, behind the Establish a hydraulic joint;
boom is separated ➠ p. 1-3.
The lifting limit switch does The lifting limit switch is not Switch on the lifting limit
not function connected switch; ➠ p. 3-57.
Electrical connection has not Establish electrical
been established at the lattice connection; ➠ Connect the
extension lifting limit switch; p. 3-58.
Lattice extension does not The tilt cylinder has become Attach the tilt cylinder;
turn with the tilt cylinder detached ➠ p. 3-39.
End position for the position Turning is only possible in the
driving has been reached other direction
Proximity switch under the Change the proximity switch
ascension rail is faulty or the or have a new cable installed
cable is torn
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 79


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.13 Malfunctions during operation with the telescopic swing-away lattice extension

Blank page

18.02.2000

3 - 80 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.14 Maintenance plans

H
3.14 Maintenance plans

All general notes, safety rules and information on environmental protecti-


on contained in the Maintenance manual of the GMK 6300,
Chapters 1 and 2, apply when carrying out this maintenance work.
In addition, the following maintenance plans apply to the maintenance
plans of the same name in the Maintenance manual of the GMK 6300.
The same abbreviations are used in the Maintenance manual of the
GMK 6300 (e.g. oh = operating hours).

3.14.1 Maintenance plan M 1: monthly / after 100 oh

M1
Maintenance work on the SUPERSTRUCTURE: Oil / lubricant
monthly / after 100 oh Amount (l)/ Designation
Number

Telescopic swing-away lattice extension (additional equipment)


– Lubricate the attach pins (securing pins, swivel pins, etc.) various J
– Lubricating the support rollers; ➠ p. 3-87. 1 J
– Lubricate tow chain and gear chain; ➠ p. 3-88. 2 K

3.14.2 Maintenance plan M 3: every 3 months / after 300 oh

M3
Maintenance work on the SUPERSTRUCTURE: Oil / lubricant
every 3 months / after 300 oh Amount (l)/ Designation
Number

Telescopic swing-away lattice extension (additional equipment)


– Check tension of tow chain and gear chain; if necessary
increase the tension; ➠ p. 3-90.
18.02.2000

Telescopic swing-away lattice extension (additional equipment)


– Lubricating the telescope slide faces; ➠ p. 3-93. 4 L2

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 81


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.14 Maintenance plans

Blank page

18.02.2000

3 - 82 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.15 Table of lubricants

H
3.15 Table of lubricants

The lubricants listed in the following table are to be used in the mainte-
nance of the telescopic swing-away lattice extension. If the table of
lubricants in the Maintenance manual of the GMK 6300 contains other
lubricants under the same designation use only those lubricants in this
table for the telescopic swing-away lattice extension.

Designa- Lubricating point Type of Designation Specification Lubricant type


tion lubrication in acc. with Classification
DIN 51502 Viscosity range

Lubricating Grease gun and K - L2K DIN 51825


J
points (grease) manually

Use for repairs KP - L2K DIN 51825


K Bearings
with grease

L2 Manually with
Slideways GROVE part no. 1373 458 1)
brush or spatula

1)
Available from your local GROVE Product Support
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 83


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.15 Table of lubricants

Blank page

18.02.2000

3 - 84 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.16 Maintenance work

3.16 Maintenance work

3.16.1 Modules in need of protection during cleaning work

Provide protection for the following electrical parts during cleaning work:

– the control box on the fixed part of the 11 m section (1) and

H
– the control box at the front of the 8 m section (2).

Also observe all instructions contained in the chapter titled Cleaning work
of the Maintenance manual for the GMK 6300.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 85


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.16 Maintenance work

3.16.2 Preparing the truck crane for maintenance work

Before you slew the superstructure with a rigged telescopic swing-away


lattice extension or telescope the telescopic swing-away lattice extension
the following requirements must be met:

– the truck crane is supported with the 8.70 x 8.50 m (27.9 x 27.2 ft)
outrigger span,
– the counterweight version from 8 t (17 600 lbs) is rigged,
– the main boom is fully retracted (0 / 0 / 0 / 0),
– the telescopic swing-away lattice extension is rigged,
– no hook block is reeved on the main boom,
– a hook block with a maximum of one sheave is reeved on the telescopic
swing-away lattice extension.
If these requirements are met you can slew the superstructure in the
desired direction and extend the telescopic swing-away lattice extension
there fully.

18.02.2000

3 - 86 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.16 Maintenance work

3.16.3 Lubricating supporting roller M1

Only use lubricating grease as specified in the Maintenance plan, ➠ p. 3-81.

Two support rollers must be lubricated at the telescopic swing away


lattice extension:

– The support roller for the lattice extension, and


– the support roller for the telescopic section.

The support roller (1) for the lattice exten-


sion is on the underside of the telescopic
swing-away lattice extension and is lubrica-
ted via a lubricating nipple (2).

• Clean the lubricating nipple and insert


grease into the lubricating nipple with
a grease gun.

The support roller (2) for the telescopic sec-


tion is at the front on the telescopic swing-
away lattice extension and is lubricated via
a lubricating nipple (1).

• Clean the lubricating nipple and insert


grease into the lubricating nipple with
a grease gun.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 87


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.16 Maintenance work

3.16.4 Lubricating the tow chain and the gear chain M1

Two chains are built into the telescoping mechanics of the telescopic
swing-away lattice extension:

– a short chain (gear chain) is directly on the hydraulic motor.


– a long chain (tow chain) which telescopes the telescopic swing-away
lattice extension moves through the lattice extension.
• Prepare the truck crane for the maintenance of the telescopic swing-
away lattice extension; ➠ p. 3-86.

G
Risk of overturning because of incorrect rigging mode!
Before maintenance work always fulfil the requirements in the section
Preparing truck crane for maintenance work.
This prevents the truck crane overturning when slewing the super-
structure or telescoping the lattice extension.

• Take the mobile switch unit connecting cable out of the socket. The
telescopic swing-away lattice extension must not be telescoped.

G
Risk of accidents from unauthorized use of the truck crane!
During lubrication the telescopic swing-away lattice extension must not
be telescoped. You may crush hands or arms. Hang a warning sign in the
crane cab and lock the door.

G
Risk of falling when climbing the telescopic swing-away lattice exten-
sion and the main boom!
Use a ladder for work above head height. Do not climb the main boom or
the telescopic swing-away lattice extension for lubrication. You could fall.
18.02.2000

3 - 88 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.16 Maintenance work

Lubricating the To lubricate the chain, use only lubricating grease in accordance with the
gear chain Maintenance plan, ➠ p. 3-81.

The gear chain (1) is on the hydraulic motor


in front of the foot section

• Apply the lubricating grease with a brush


over the whole of the gear chain.

Lubricating the To lubricate the chains use only lubricating grease in accordance with the
tow chain Maintenance plan, ➠ p. 3-81.

The tow chain (1) goes through the head


section and can be reached along its entire
length.

• Apply the lubricating grease with a brush


over the whole of the tow chain.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 89


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.16 Maintenance work

3.16.5 Check tension of tow chain and gear chain and M3


increase the tension if necessary

Two chains are built into the telescoping mechanics of the telescopic
swing-away lattice extension:

– A short chain (gear chain) is directly on the hydraulic motor.


– A long chain (tow chain) which telescopes the telescopic swing-away
lattice extension moves through the lattice extension.
Prepare the truck crane for the maintenance of the telescopic swing-away
lattice extension; ➠ p. 3-86.

G
Risk of overturning because of incorrect rigging mode!
Before maintenance work always fulfil the requirements in the section
Preparing truck crane for maintenance work.
This prevents the truck crane overturning when slewing the super-
structure or telescoping the lattice extension. Risk of overturning
because of two small outrigger span!

G
Risk of accidents from unauthorized use of the truck crane!
When adjusting the chain tension and checking the gear chain tension the
telescopic swing-away lattice extension must not be telescoped. You
could fall from the ladder or crush your arms or hands. Hang a warning
sign in the crane cab and lock the door.

G
Risk of falling when climbing the telescopic swing-away lattice exten-
sion and the main boom!
Do not climb the main boom or the telescopic swing-away lattice exten-
sion for adjustment of the chain tension. You could fall!
18.02.2000

3 - 90 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.16 Maintenance work

Checking tension Extend the telescopic swing-away lattice extension.


of tow chain

Retract the telescopic swing-away lattice


extension and observe the tow chain (1)
when doing so.

The tow chain must not touch the telescope


section (2) when retracting. If the tow chain
touches the telescope section, you must
tighten the tow chain; ➠ Tightening tow
chain, p. 3-92.

Tightening the Secure the telescopic swing-away lattice extension against unintentional
gear chain telescoping.

• Press against the empty trunk (1). The ten-


sion of the gear chain is sufficient when
you can push in the empty trunk 5 mm at
the most.
If the empty trunk can be pushed in more
you must tighten the gear chain;
➠ Tightening gear chain, p. 3-92.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 91
GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.16 Maintenance work

Tightening the Requirement:


tow chain
– The tension of the tow chain has been checked.
– The telescope section of the telescopic swing-away lattice extension is
not extended up to the mechanical stop.
The chain tensioner is located at the top on
the front of the basic section.

• Remove the screws (1) and (4).


• Loosen the counternuts (2).
• Tighten the chain by turning the nut (3) to
the right.
• Tighten the screws (1) and (4) again.
• Re-tighten the counternut (2).
• Check the chain tension.

Tightening the Requirement


gear chain
– The tension of the gear chain has been checked.
– The telescope section of the telescopic swing-away lattice extension is
not extended up to the mechanical stop.
The chain tensioner is located at the rear of
the head section in front of the deflection
sheave.

• Remove both screws (1).


• Loosen the counternuts (2).
• Tighten the chain by turning the nut (3) to
the right. Turn the nut carefully.
The chain must not become fully tight
dur-ing tightening! You must be able to
push it in 0.5 cm at the most on the empty
drum!
• Re-tighten the counternut (2).
• Re-tighten the screws (1).
18.02.2000

• Finally, check the chain tension again.

3 - 92 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.16 Maintenance work

3.16.6 Lubricating the telescope slide faces M6

For lubricating telescope slide faces the main boom with the telescopic
swing-away lattice extension must be lowered into horizontal position.
The telescope section must be extended.

G
Risk of falling when climbing the telescopic swing-away lattice exten-
sion and the main boom!
Do not climb the main boom or the telescopic swing-away lattice exten-
sion for lubrication. Danger of slipping due to grease residue, you may
fall!
Use a ladder to lubricate.

G
Risk of accidents from unauthorized use of the truck crane!
During lubrication the telescopic swing-away lattice extension must not
be derricked. You could fall off the ladder. Hang a warning sign in the
crane cab and lock the door.

• To lubricate the chains use only lubricating grease in accordance with


the Maintenance plan, ➠ p. 3-81.
• Fully extend the telescopic swing-away lattice extension.

There are four slide faces on the edges of the


telescope section.

• Use a spatula to apply a thin layer of


grease to the whole of the slide faces.
• Fully retract the telescopic swing-away
lattice extension.

H The lubricating effect is improved by extending and retracting the tele-


18.02.2000

scope section once again.

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 3 - 93


GMK 6300
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension
3.16 Maintenance work

3.16.7 Adjusting the support roller for the telescope section

When telescoping, the telescope section runs over a support roller with
spring-loaded bearing. The suspension is factory set in a way that it com-
pensates the weight of the telescopic part, but only puts the amount of
pressure on the telescope section which will not damage it.

S
Risk of damage due to incorrectly set suspension!
The adjusting screws on the suspension are provided for factory setting!
Only change this setting if absolutely necessary (e.g. after repairs or acciden-
tal manipulation). This prevents damage to the telescopic part from too
much pressure and telescoping malfunctions due to too little pressure.

• Raise or lower the main boom in such a way that the retracted telesco-
pic swing-away lattice extension is horizontal.
• Extend the telescope section fully.

• Turn the adjusting screw (2) to the left until


the spring is relieved.
• Manually turn the adjusting screw to the
right until the spring begins to build up
force.
• Turn the adjusting screw 1/2 (to a maxi-
mum of 3/4) rotations further to the right.
• Secure the adjusting screw with the nut (1).

18.02.2000

3 - 94 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
_______________________________________________________________________________________ 4
4 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 1
4.1 Attachment point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1
4.2 Description of rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 3
4.2.1 Installing/removing auxiliary single-sheave boom top . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 3
4.2.2 Rigging the auxiliary single-sheave boom top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 5
4.3 Reeving the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 7
4.4 Connecting the lifting limit switch and anemometer . . . . . . . . . 4 - 9
4.5 Turning loads with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top . . . . . . 4 - 11
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en


GMK 6300
18.02.2000

2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top
4.1 Attachment point

4 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top

4.1 Attachment point

G
The attachment point of the heavy load lattice extension parts can be
seen in the following diagram. Attach the boom sections only to this
attachment point since it will then automatically have the right centre of
gravity.
Use only securing equipment with sufficient lifting capacity;
➠ Transport dimensions and weights, p. 2-1.

There is a connection eye (1) at the auxiliary


single-sheave boom top.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 4-1


GMK 6300
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top
4.1 Attachment point

Blank page

18.02.2000

4-2 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top
4.2 Description of rigging work

4.2 Description of rigging work

4.2.1 Installing/removing auxiliary single-sheave boom top

Installing To operate, the auxiliary single-sheave boom top must be re-installed.


boom top

• Use an auxiliary crane and couple to the


connection eye (1).
• Using the crane, lift the auxiliary single-
sheave boom top on the left side of the
main boom head.

• Push the shaft (2) of the auxiliary single-


2 sheave boom top into the head sheave
axle (1) of the main boom.
• Depending on the application, bring the
auxiliary single-sheave boom top into trans-
port position or to the working position;
1 ➠ Rigging the auxiliary single-sheave boom top,
p. 4-5.

C0983
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 4-3
GMK 6300
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top
4.2 Description of rigging work

Disassembly The auxiliary single-sheave boom top must be disassembled for opera-
tion with:
– Luffing jib (additional equipment)
– jib extension (additional equipment) and
– heavy load lattice extension (additional equipment).

• Couple to the connection eye of the boom top.


• Release the connection between the rocker and bearing point on the
main boom head; ➠ Rigging the auxiliary single-sheave boom top, p. 4-5.
• Pull the shaft of the auxiliary single-sheave boom top from the head
sheave axle.

18.02.2000

4-4 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top
4.2 Description of rigging work

4.2.2 Rigging the auxiliary single-sheave boom top

Rigging in trans-
port position

• Connect to the rocker (2) of the auxiliary


single-sheave boom top using an auxiliary
crane.
• Remove both locking pins (3) and pull out
the securing pins (4).
• Raise the auxiliary single-sheave boom top
until the bore hole in the rocker aligns with
the bore holes of the bearing point (1).
• Using the securing pins (4), fasten the auxi-
liary single-sheave boom top to the bear-
ing point (1).
• Fasten the securing pins using both
locking pins (3).
The auxiliary single-sheave boom top is now
in transport position.

Rigging in
working position

• Connect to the rocker (2) of the auxiliary single-sheave boom top using
an auxiliary crane.
• Remove both locking pins (3) and pull out
the securing pins (4).
• Lower the auxiliary single-sheave boom
top until the bore hole in the rocker aligns
with the bore holes of the bearing point (1).
• Using the securing pins (4), fasten the auxi-
liary single-sheave boom top to the bear-
ing point (1).
• Fasten the securing pins using both lok-
king pins (3).
The auxiliary single-sheave boom top is now
in transport position.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 4-5


GMK 6300
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top
4.2 Description of rigging work

Blank page

18.02.2000

4-6 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top
4.3 Reeving the hoist rope

4.3 Reeving the hoist rope

Positioning the
hoist rope

• Remove the rope holding rods on the main


boom head (1) and auxiliary single-sheave
boom top (2).
• When reeving, guide the hoist rope over
the left head sheave of the main jib.
• Insert the rope holding rod into the appro-
priate bore holes and secure them with the
corresponding retaining pins.
• Fasten the rope end clamp on the hook
tackle or hook block.

Possible reeving The hoist rope can be reeved no more than once when operating with the
methods on the auxiliary single-sheave boom top.
auxiliary single-
sheave boom top

Hook tackle
max. load bearing capacity
of the hook tackle 12 t (26 456 lbs)
max. load bearing capacity
with the GMK 6300: 11 t (24 251 lbs)
26.06.2000

1-pulley hook block


max. load bearing capacity
of the hook block 35 t (77 160 lbs)
max. load bearing capacity
18.02.2000

with the GMK 6300: 11 t (24 251 lbs)

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 4-7


GMK 6300
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top
4.3 Reeving the hoist rope

Blank page

18.02.2000

4-8 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top
4.4 Connecting the lifting limit switch and anemometer

4.4 Connecting the lifting limit switch and anemometer

Lifting limit
switch connection
• Pull the plug of the connecting cable from
the dummy socket (3).
• Unwind the connecting cable from the
holdings (2).
• Insert the plug of the connecting cable into
the socket (1) on the main boom head.
• Guide the hoist rope through the hoist
limit switch weight.
• If, additionally, a hook block is reeved on
the main jib, connect the lifting limit switch
of the main hoist to the socket on the right
side of the main boom head; ➠ Operating
manual GMK 6300.

• For transport fit the plug of the connecting cable into the dummy
socket (3) and wind the connecting cable onto the holdings (2).
• Rotate the protective cap onto the socket (1).

Anemometer • Connect the anemometer as described in the accompanying operating


connection manual for the GMK 6300.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 4-9


GMK 6300
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top
4.4 Connecting the lifting limit switch and anemometer

Blank page

18.02.2000

4 - 10 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top
4.5 Turning loads with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top

4.5 Turning loads with the auxiliary single-sheave


boom top
When turning loads it is necessary to employ a two-hook operation. Two-
hook operation is permissible only in conjunction with an auxiliary single-
sheave boom top or a heavy load lattice extension (additional equipment).
The only type of two-hook operation technically possible and protected
by the SLI is described in this chapter using the turning of a load as an
example.

G
Risk of accidents due to overloading!
Lifting a load with two hooks is permissible only if the following instruc-
tions and illustrations are observed!
If these instructions are not observed, accidents could occur due to indi-
vidual parts of the truck crane being overloaded! The SLI then no longer
affords protection.
Two-hook operation with the boom extension (additional equipment)
is not permitted!

G
Risk of accidents due to overloading!
The load must always be lifted with the weakest part first (auxiliary single-
sheave boom top).

H For positioning and function of required operating instruments;


➠ Operating manual GMK 6300 – Chapter 10, Description of functions for
display and operating elements.

Requirements The following description requires that:


– the main hoist rope on the main jib is reeved and
– the auxiliary hoist rope on the auxiliary single-sheave boom top is reeved.

G
Risk of accidents due to overloading!
The reeving on the main boom must be equal to or greater than that on
the auxiliary single-sheave boom top.
If this condition is not fulfilled, the main hoist rope and main hoisting
gear will become overloaded.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 4 - 11
GMK 6300
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top
4.5 Turning loads with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top

H
Setting SLI For two-hook operation, both hoisting gears on the SLI must be switched on.

It is suggested to enter values for both hoisting gears directly at the begin-
ning of reeving. The values are stored and called up directly when switching
hoisting gears. This eliminates the need for input during operation. Proceed
as follows:

• Switch both hoists off.


Cü Press down both rocker switches Disconnect auxiliary hoist and Disconnect
main hoist.
• Switch on the main hoist.
ü Push up the rocker switch Disconnect main hoist.
The lamp I for the Main hoist lights up in the hoist position lamps.

• In the display Reeving, enter the quantity of reeved rope on the main
hoist rope of the main jib.
2 n=

Now the reeving for the main hoist is stored and you can switch to the
auxiliary hoist.

• Switch both hoists off.


Cü Press down both rocker switches Disconnect auxiliary hoist and Disconnect
main hoist.
• Switch on the auxiliary hoist.
C Push up the rocker switch Disconnect auxiliary hoist.
On the indicator lamps Hoists the lamp II is blinking for the auxiliary hoist.

• In the display Reeving, enter the quantity of reeved rope on the auxiliary
hoist rope of the auxiliary single-sheave boom top.
1 n=
Now the reeving for the auxiliary hoist is also stored and you can switch
18.02.2000

on the main hoist.

4 - 12 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top
4.5 Turning loads with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top

• Switch the main hoist on, pushing up the rocker switch Disconnect auxi-
ü liary hoist.
• On the display lamps Hoists, the lamp II is now lit for the auxiliary hoist
and the lamp I is blinking for the main hoist.

• Set the SLI for crane operation with the auxiliary single-sheave boom
11=0 top, valid for the current rigging mode of the truck crane.
Now the SLI is set for two-hook operation, taking into account the reeving

H
for the auxiliary hoist and the lifting capacity table for the main jib.

The load measurement is taken in two-hook operation with the pressure


in the derricking cylinder. The loads detailed in the lifting capacity table
then lessen with respect to the weight of both reeved hook blocks and
the weight of the auxiliary single-sheave boom top.

Load turning To turn loads, proceed only in the manner described as follows.

S
Keep the acceleration force as low as possible during two-hook operation.
Only move the load at the lowest possible speed!

H As soon as the hoist rope on the main boom is pulled taut, the status dis-
play Actual load will exhibit slight variations. However, the variations are

H
on the safe side as concerns SLI deactivation.

With two-hook operation the SLI code for the main jib remains switched
on during the entire hoist procedure.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 4 - 13
GMK 6300
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top
4.5 Turning loads with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top

C0985

• Lift the load completely off the ground with the auxiliary single-sheave
boom top.
• Only now should you additionally connect on the hook block of the
main jib.
• Now lift the load with the hook block on the main jib until both attach-
ment points are at the same height.

C0984
18.02.2000

• Reel off hoist rope on the auxiliary single-sheave boom top until the
load is hanging from the hook block on the main boom only.
Turning the load is thus completed.

4 - 14 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
_______________________________________________________________________________________ 5
5 Boom extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 1
5.1 Components and Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 1
5.2 Combination possibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 5
5.3 Attachment points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 7
5.4 Rigging the boom extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 9
5.4.1 CHECKLIST: Rigging the boom extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 9
5.4.2 CHECKLIST: Unrigging boom extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 12
5.5 Description of rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 14
5.5.1 Rigging mode of the truck crane when installing the boom extension . . . . 5 - 14
5.5.2 Handling the pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 15
5.5.3 Installing/disassembling foot section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 16
5.5.4 Installing/disassembling boom extension sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 17
5.5.5 Transport pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 20
5.5.6 Angle section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 21
5.5.7 Changing the lifting limit switch and anemometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 23
5.5.8 SLI connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 24
5.5.9 Reeving the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 27
5.6 Driving with rigged crane and boom extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 31
5.6.1 Driving route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 31
5.6.2 Position of the boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 32
5.6.3 Driving the rigged truck crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 38
5.7 Operation with the boom extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 41
5.7.1 Telescoping with rigged boom extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 44
5.8 Maintenance plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 45
5.8.1 Maintenance plan M 1: monthly / after 100 Bh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 45
5.9 Lubricant table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 47
5.10 Maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 49
5.10.1 Lubricating the fall-back guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 49
5.10.2 Lubricating connecting pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 49
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en


GMK 6300
18.02.2000

2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.1 Components and Identification

5 Boom extension

5.1 Components and Identification

Components When delivered, the boom extension has the following components
(see diagram on next page):
– one foot section,
– four intermediate sections,
– one angle section,
– one head section.
These components can be put together in five different length combinations.
To find out which parts need to be installed in which positions;
➠ Combination possibilities, p. 5-5.

Identification The boom extension is designed for the truck crane with which it was
delivered. The parts of the boom extension belonging to the truck crane
have the same serial number as the truck crane.
All components are identified by serial number.

S
Operate the truck crane only with those parts of the boom extension
which have the same serial number as the crane.
The SLI is set only for this boom extension.

H
This means that you can prevent malfunctions and damage.

For technical reasons the truck crane may be adjusted only with one
boom extension.

If you wish to use the boom extension on several GROVE truck cranes,
the parts of the boom extension must be adjusted for these cranes and
labelled with all of the respective serial numbers.

S
Have the matching of the boom extension carried out only by GROVE
Product Support at the particular location!
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5-1
GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.1 Components and Identification

Foot section

The serial numbers of the foot section are on


the holder of the deflection sheave (2) and
2
on a plate (1) near the transport pin.
1

C0896

Intermediate
sections

The serial numbers (1) of all intermediate


sections are on the right at the rear of the
grille frame.

C0908
18.02.2000

5-2 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.1 Components and Identification

Head section

The serial number (1) of the head section is


on the right-hand side next to the distributing
box.

C0889

Angle section

The serial number (1) of the angle section is


on the right at the rear of the grille frame.

C0898
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5-3


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.1 Components and Identification

Blank page

18.02.2000

5-4 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.2 Combination possibilities

5.2 Combination possibilities

19 m (62 ft)

Foot section
Angle piece Head

27 m (89 ft)

Intermediate
Foot section
section
Angle piece Head

35 m (115 ft)
Intermediate Intermediate
Foot section
section section
Angle piece Head

43 m (141 ft)
Intermediate Intermediate Intermediate
Foot section section section section
Angle piece Head

51 m (167 ft)
Intermediate Intermediate Intermediate Intermediate
Foot section section section section section
Angle piece Head

H
18.02.2000

The luffing jib’s tie/suspension section must not be used as an inter-


mediate section.

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5-5


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.2 Combination possibilities

Blank page

18.02.2000

5-6 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.3 Attachment points

5.3 Attachment points

G
The attachment points of all boom extension sections can be seen in the
following diagram. Attach the boom sections only to these attachment
points as they will then automatically find the right centre of distribution.
Only use lifting gear with sufficient load-bearing capacity; ➠ Transport
dimensions and weights, p. 2-1.

Angle section
1
The angle section has 2 attachment points
(1) (easily movable, one on each side).

Foot section
1 2
The foot section has 6 attachment points
(3 on each side) but only the outer attach-
ment points (1) and (2) are used for raising
the foot section.

Intermediate sections
1

The intermediate sections have 2 attachment


points (1) (easily movable, one on each side):

1
Head section

The head section has 2 attachment points (1)


(1 on each side).
18.02.2000

C0899

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5-7


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.3 Attachment points

Blank page

18.02.2000

5-8 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.4 Rigging the boom extension

5.4 Rigging the boom extension

5.4.1 CHECKLIST: Rigging the boom extension

H This checklist is not equivalent to a complete instruction manual. There


are accompanying handling instructions which are indicated by cross-

H
references. Observe the warning and safety information given there!

You need an auxiliary crane to install the boom extension.

1. Prepare truck crane for the installation of the boom extension;


➠ Rigging mode of the truck crane when installing the boom extension,
p. 5-14.

2. Put the boom extension sections in position in front of the main boom
head according to the assembly drawings;
➠ Combination possibilities, p. 5-5;
➠ Attachment points, p. 5-7.

C0900

3. Attach the boom extension sections piece by piece to the attachment


points, lift in front of the main boom head with an auxiliary crane and
then lock; ➠ Installing/disassembling boom extension sections, p. 5-17.

C0901

4. Set the SLI rigging code for the actual rigging mode with the heavy
11== load lattice extension which is to be rigged according to the Lifting
capacity table; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Safe load indicator - SLI.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5-9
GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.4 Rigging the boom extension

5. Check whether the transport pins in the foot section are inserted
properly and secured; ➠ Transport pins, p. 5-20.

C0910

6. If necessary, adjust the angle of the boom extension; ➠ Angle section,


p. 5-21.

C0902

7. Reel off main hoist rope, pull up to the head section and tie up.

8. Switch the anemometer from the main boom head to the head section
of the boom extension; ➠ Changing the lifting limit switch and anemometer,
p. 5-23.

9. Switch the lifting limit switch from the main boom head to the head
section of the boom extension; ➠ Changing the lifting limit switch and
anemometer, p. 5-23.

10. Connect boom extension to the SLI;


➠ Making SLI connection, p. 5-25.
2

C0892

11. Reeve the hoist rope on the hook block and attach lifting limit switch
weight; ➠ Reeving the hoist rope, p. 5-27.
18.02.2000

5 - 10 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.4 Rigging the boom extension

12. Enter the current reeving in the SLI;


§ n= ➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions - Operation of the SLI.

13. Raise the main boom with the boom extension;


➠ Crane movements, p. 5-42.
C0894 14. If necessary telescope out the main boom to a position permissible
according to the Lifting capacity table and lock the telescope sections;
➠ Telescoping with the boom extension, p. 5-44.

15. Select the actual rigging mode for operation with boom extension rig-
11== ged on the SLI or set the respective SLI code according to the Lifting
capacity table; ➠ GMK 6300 operating manual - Safe load indicator - SLI.

16 The maximum permitted slewing speed for the current rigging mode
is set; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions - Maximal permitted slewing
SPEED speed.
TURN
NORMAL : ❙
POINT :
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 11


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.4 Rigging the boom extension

5.4.2 CHECKLIST: Unrigging boom extension

H This checklist is not equivalent to a complete instruction manual. There


are accompanying handling instructions which are indicated by cross-
references. Observe the warning and safety information given there!

1. Set the SLI rigging code for the actual rigging mode with the boom
11== extension which is to be unrigged according to the Lifting capacity table;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions - Safe load indicator (SLI).

C0894 2. If necessary telescope the main boom in completely;


➠ Crane movements, p. 5-42.

3. Lower main boom and place the luffing jib on the ground;
➠ Crane movements, p. 5-42.
4. Unreeve hook block and reel up the main hoist rope;
➠ Unreeving hoist rope, p. 5-27.

5. If necessary, re-adjust the angle of the boom extension to 0°;


➠ Angle section, p. 5-21.

C0903

6. Rig the SLI connections of the boom extension back;


➠ Disconnecting SLI connections, p. 5-26.
2

C0892
18.02.2000

5 - 12 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.4 Rigging the boom extension

7. Switch the lifting limit switch from the head section of the boom
extension to the main boom head;
➠ Changing the lifting limit switch and anemometer, p. 5-23.

8. Switch the anemometer from the head section of the boom extension
to the main boom head;
➠ Changing the lifting limit switch and anemometer, p. 5-23.

9. Attach lifting limit switch weight; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions -


Attaching and securing lifting limit switch weight.

10. Disassemble the components of the boom extension and use an


auxiliary crane to place them on a separate vehicle;
➠ Installing/disassembling boom sections and suspension bars, p. 5-17.

C0901

11. Select the actual rigging mode for operation with main boom on the
11== SLI or set the respective SLI code according to the Lifting capacity table;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Safe load indicator - SLI.

12. Turn superstructure forward and place the main boom in the boom
support.

C0839
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 13


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.5 Description of rigging work

5.5 Description of rigging work

5.5.1 Rigging mode of the truck crane when installing the boom
extension

G
Risk of overturning!
The boom extension may be installed only with the outrigger span and
the counterweight given in the Lifting capacity table.
These values are for the rigging and the operation of the boom extension.

G
Risk of accidents!
Use only permitted lifting gear with sufficient lifting capacity. Use the
two-section extendable ladder provided for installing the boom extension.

For the installation and dismantling of the boom extension on the truck
crane the following preparatory work must be carried out to switch the
truck crane into the prescribed rigging mode.

• Support the truck crane; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions - Outrigger .


The prescribed outrigger span can be found in the Lifting capacity table.
• Install the required counterweight for operation with the boom
extension to be rigged; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions - Counter-
weight.
Details on the required counterweight can be found in the Lifting
capacity table.
• Retract telescope sections completely and
lower the main boom until it is horizontal;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions -
Telescoping gear.
• Unreeve the hook block;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions -
Reeving and unreeving the hoist rope.
Lie the main hoist rope (1) on the head
sheave of the main boom.
18.02.2000

1
C0815

5 - 14 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.5 Description of rigging work

5.5.2 Handling the pins

1 2 The connecting pins of the boom extension


are tapered on both sides and are each
secured with two retaining pins. Only one
retaining pin must be removed when rigging.

When rigging (1 and 2) you must remove the


inner retaining pin and insert the pin as far
as possible onto the outer retaining pin.
3 4 Then secure the inner retaining pin again.

When unrigging (3 and 4) you must remove


the outer retaining pin and push the pin
inwards through the bearing point.

H
C0859

Unlike with other sections there are two collecting pans attached to the
foot section, in which the pins fall if they are hit by the bearing point.
Ensure that you can insert the retaining pins from the front when driving
the pins into the foot section. If you insert the retaining pins into the pins
from above (as in illustration 3 above), the retaining pins will push against
the drip cup when driving the pins out and thus cause damage.

C0860
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 15


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.5 Description of rigging work

5.5.3 Installing/disassembling foot section

Installation

• Attach the foot section to the prescribed


attachment points;
➠ Attachment points, p. 5-7;
➠ Handling the pins, p. 5-15.
• Lift the foot section with the auxiliary
crane in front of the main boom head so
that at first the bearing points on the foot
1 section and the main boom head are
aligned and then insert the pins (2). Secure
the pins with the retaining pins.
• Now lift the foot section until the upper
eyes in the foot section are aligned with
the upper bearing point on the main boom
2 head.
C0904 • Insert the pins (1) and secure them with
retaining pins.

Disassembly • Attach the foot section to the prescribed attachment points;


➠ Attachment points, p. 5-7;
➠ Handling the pins, p. 5-15.
• First remove the connecting pins (1) on the main boom head, insert the
pins in the holders and secure them with retaining pins.
• Remove the lower connecting pins (2), insert the pins in the holders and
secure them with retaining pins.
• Use the auxiliary crane to place the foot section on, for example, the
separate vehicle.
18.02.2000

5 - 16 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.5 Description of rigging work

5.5.4 Installing/disassembling boom extension sections

Check before • Check whether the tie/suspension bars, which are necessary for oper-
installation/ ating the luffing jib, are removed from all parts of the boom extension.
removal
• Make sure that the luffing jib’s tie/suspension section is not underneath
the intermediate sections.

G
Risk of accidents from non-detectable loads!
Operation of the boom extension is prohibited:
– if the tie/suspension bars are attached to the intermediate sections
– when the tie/suspension section is equipped as an intermediate section.
The weight of the tie/suspension bars and the higher weight of the tie/sus-
pension section are not detected by the SLI and a punctual SLI shutdown
is therefore no longer guaranteed.

Connecting pins The attach pins fit into the holdings on the rear of all boom parts.

The small pin (1) is required for connecting


the suspension bars only when the luffing jib
is rigged.
The suspension bars may not be on the inter-
mediate sections when the boom extension
1 is rigged.

The other pins are handled the same as the


pins on the foot section; ➠ Handling the pins,
p. 5-15.

C0905
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 17
GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.5 Description of rigging work

Installing All requisite boom extension sections are attached and locked after each
other. To do this, the section rigged at the end must be placed on a
support and the upper bearing points must be locked. So that the lower
bearing points are aligned for locking, the boom extension must, if

H
necessary, be raised.

With longer boom extensions it is better (especially when installing the


head section) to first raise the boom extension and then attach the next
section with an auxiliary crane. This will give you better control over the
bearing point as a long boom extension in particular will swing consider-
ably when being raised on account of its tare weight.

• Attach the required section with an


auxiliary crane; ➠ Attachment points,
p. 5-7.
• Lift the boom section in front of the final
1 2 section to be rigged so that the upper
bearing points (1) and (2) align first.
• Lock the upper bearing points and secure
the pins with retaining pins.
4
• Align the lower bearing points (3) and (4)
by raising or by using an auxiliary crane.
• Lock the lower bearing points and secure
the pins with retaining pins.

3
C0906

Disassembly

G
Risk of accidents from falling boom extension!
Always unload the boom extension first before you loosen the pin
connections as described in this section.
You will thus prevent sections of the loaded boom extension falling and
injuring you or other people as the connections are being loosened.

Unloading the boom extension

After the boom extension has been placed on the sheave of the head
section it is under the stress of the tare weight. Before loosening the
connections you must unload the boom extension as follows:
18.02.2000

5 - 18 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.5 Description of rigging work

• Lift the boom extension by carefully


raising the main boom until the
lower pin (1) is relieved of strain.
• Take out the lower pin.

• Slowly lower the boom extension to the


ground by lower the main boom.

• Sling the boom extension to the attach pin


(3) (on the left and right, respectively)
between the head and the last inter-
2 mediate section with an auxiliary crane.
• Lift the boom extension so that the lower
pin (4) is unloaded.
3
• Take out the lower pin.

• Slowly lower the boom extension to the


ground.
Now all boom sections are unloaded on the
ground and you can pull out the pins.
C0907

Loosening connections

• Loosen the retaining pins on all bearing


points and remove the pins.
• Insert the pins into the holders and secure
them with retaining pins.
18.02.2000

C0897

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 19


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.5 Description of rigging work

5.5.5 Transport pins

The foot section is used also as the foot section of the luffing jib. For the
luffing jib it functions like an angle section. This function is not used for
the boom extension.

The transport pins (1) on both sides of the


foot section prevent the luffing section
folding down during transportation, rigging
or operation with the boom extension.

C0909

S
Risk of accident from folding out foot section!
For operation with the boom extension the transport pins in the foot
section’s angle section must always be inserted.
Before raising the boom extension check if both parts of the foot section
are connected with the transport pins. This prevents the upper section
folding down during the raising process.

18.02.2000

5 - 20 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.5 Description of rigging work

5.5.6 Angle section

The boom extension can be operated at angles of 3° or 25° to the main


boom. For this the pins on both sides of the boom extension must be
removed from the bores.

The 3° angle comes from the shape of the foot section. The angle section
must be folded up completely for the 3° angle.

G
Risk of accidents from defective backstops!
The pendulum of the backstops on both sides of the boom extension
must swing freely over the whole slewing range!
If it does not swing over the whole slewing range, the boom extension
will not be supported at the rear.
Furthermore, the backstop can be damaged when the boom extension is
set down.

• Check if the pendulum (1) of the backstops


on both sides of the boom extension can
swing freely.
1

C0913
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 21
GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.5 Description of rigging work

Inclining angle • Place the boom extension onto the rolls of the head.
piece to 25°
• Relieve the pin (1) of strain by carefully
derricking the main boom.

1 2 • Release the retaining pins from both


pins (1).
• Remove the pins (1) on both sides from
the bores and insert them in the holders (2).
• Secure the pins using retaining pins.
• Raise the main boom; in the course of this
the point inclines to the 25° position.

C0911

Angle section at • Lower the main boom until the sheave on the head section touches
a 3° angle the ground.
• Continue to lower the main boom until the angle section is almost
folded up.
• Remove the pins (1) from the bearing
points.
1
• Lower the boom further until the pins (2)
can be inserted through the bore on both
sides.
• Secure the pins using retaining pins.

C0912
18.02.2000

5 - 22 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.5 Description of rigging work

5.5.7 Changing the lifting limit switch and anemometer

S
When you change the lifting limit switch from the head of the main boom
to the head of the boom extension, you must bridge this in the distributing
box on the main boom with a short-circuit plug as otherwise the lifting
limit switch on the head of the boom extension will not work.

• Unscrew the connecting cable of the lifting


limit switch from the distributing box (1)
on the left of the main boom head and
screw the short-circuit plug (2) in the
socket instead.
• Remove the lifting limit switch on the left
1 side of the main boom head.
• Unscrew the connecting cable of the ane-
mometer from the distributing box (1) on
3 the left of the main boom head and screw
2
on the cap (3).
• Remove the anemometer from the head of
the main boom; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating
instructions - Anemometer.
C0825

The anemometer (1) is fastened to an ex-


tendable holding rod (2). The holding rod
has a bore in both the upper and lower areas
and can thus be secured in two positions
with a locking pin (4) on the bush (3).

• Put the anemometer on the holding rod.


• Extend the holding rod and lock it in the
lower bore.
For transportation you must retract the
holding rod secure it and remove the ane-
mometer.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 23
GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.5 Description of rigging work

• Secure the lifting limit switch (2) on the


head of the boom extension.
• Screw the lifting limit switch’s connect-
ing plug on the distributor can’s plug
socket (3).
3
• Screw the anemometer’s connecting plug
1 on the distributor can’s plug socket (1).

2
C0824

5.5.8 SLI connection

SLI connection The SLI connection cable is wound onto a cable drum in the head section.
cable For transportation the cable drum is secured with the spring pin (1).

• Remove the transport protection in front of


the connection. For this, pull out the spring
pin and tilt it into the lock.
To unreel the cable you can fold out the
2
crank (2).

• For operation and transportation secure


the drum with the spring pin.

1
C0869
18.02.2000

5 - 24 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.5 Description of rigging work

Making SLI
connection

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket on


the cable drum.
• Remove the plug of the connecting cable
(3) from the dummy socket (1) on the head
3
2 of the boom extension.
• Unlock the cable drum.
• Unreel the connection cable (3) and pull it
1 through the boom extension to the left
side of the main boom head.
• Re-insert the plug (2) into the cable drum
socket.

C0826

• Attach the strain relief to the holder (1) on


the foot section.
2
• Insert the plug of the connection cable into
the socket (2) on the main boom head.
• Secure the cable drum.

1
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 25
GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.5 Description of rigging work

Disconnecting
SLI connection

• Remove the plug of the connecting cable


from the socket on the head of the main
2 boom.
• Insert the short-circuit plug (2) into the
socket.
• Remove the strain relief from the holder (1).

C0870

• Remove the plug (1) from the socket on


the cable drum.
• Unlock the cable drum.
• Wind the connecting cable.
• Insert the plug (2) of the connecting cable
into the dummy socket.
1 • Re-insert the contamination protection
plug (1) into the cable drum socket.
• Secure the cable drum.

2
C0829
18.02.2000

5 - 26 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.5 Description of rigging work

5.5.9 Reeving the hoist rope

• Move the hoist rope forward. Place the


hoist rope on the rests (1) on the right
1
hand side of the boom extension sections.
The rope must not lie in the rest (2) for the
suspension bars.

C0871

• Release the retaining pin and remove the


rope holding rods (1) and (2).
• Open the spring pin and remove the rope
holding rod (3).
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 27
GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.5 Description of rigging work

• Place the hoist rope above the upper


sheave (1) and (viewed from the front)
above the bottom left sheave (2).
• Insert the rope holding rods (3), (4) and (5)
in the holders and secure them with the
retaining pins.

• Reeve the hoist rope. If you reeve the hoist


rope several times, observe the information
in the chapter Reeving hoist rope in the Ope-
rating Instructions of the GMK 6300.
Possible reevings; ➠ Possible reevings on the
boom extension in this section.
• Secure the rope end clamp to the hook block
or the attachment plate (1), depending on
the reeving.

1
C0874

• Check that the locking on the lifting limit switch has been lifted;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions - Lifting limit switch on the main boom.
• Attach the lifting limit switch weight and place it on the hoist rope;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions - Attaching and securing lifting limit
switch weight.
18.02.2000

5 - 28 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.5 Description of rigging work

Possible reeving The following reeving methods are possible on the boom extension:
methods

3-pulley hook block


max. Load bearing capacity of the hook block: 80 t (176 370 lbs)
max. Lifting capacity with the GMK 6300:
for reeving 6 fall 66 t (145 505 lbs)
for reeving 5 fall 55 t (121 254 lbs)
for reeving 4 fall 44 t ( 97 003 lbs)

6 fall 5 fall 4 fall


1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2

1 2 3 1 2 1 3

C0875

1-pulley hook block


max. Load bearing capacity of the hook block: 35 t (77 160 lbs)
max. Lifting capacity with the GMK 6300:
for reeving 3 fall 32 t (70 548 lbs)
for reeving 2 fall 22 t (48 502 lbs)
for reeving 1 fall 11 t (24 251 lbs)
26.06.2000

3 fall 2 fall
1 3 1
18.02.2000

C0885

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 29


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.5 Description of rigging work

1 fall
1

Hook tackle
max. Load bearing capacity
of the hook tackle: 12 t (26 456 lbs)

max. Load bearing capacity


with the GMK 6300: 11 t (24 251 lbs)

C0886

S
Single reeving may cause danger of slack rope formation!
When working with system lengths of*) more than 80 m (262 ft) with
single reeving, always reeve the 35 t hook block or heavier hook blocks.
When using the lighter 12 t hook tackle with these system lengths, the
weight of the rear hoist cable will not be compensated and the rope will
go slack.

*)
System length = main boom length + length of lattice extension 26.06.2000
18.02.2000

5 - 30 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.6 Driving with rigged crane and boom extension

5.6 Driving with rigged crane and boom extension


This section describes moving the truck crane with an installed counter-

H
weight and rigged boom extension.

If the truck crane is equipped with separate steering, Deutsche GROVE


GmbH recommends switching to separate steering when driving on the
construction site at low speeds or when steering at a standstill on the
construction site.

G
Risk of accidents!
It is forbidden to move the truck crane with a suspended load.
Put the load down before you move the truck crane.
Secure the hook block so that it cannot swing.

G
Risk of overturning!
Before a rigged crane can be driven the superstructure must be locked
and the slewing gear permanent brake must be engaged.

G
Risk of accident if the truck crane is not completely visible!
While driving the equipped truck crane, always stay in visual or radio con-
tact with a banksman who additionally observes the parts which you can-
not see (e.g. the raised boom when the superstructure is rotated to the
rear).
In this way you prevent accidents resulting from collisions with persons,
other construction equipment, ledges of buildings, cables or other objects.

5.6.1 Driving route

The route must be a flat, even surface. The level adjustment system can-
not compensate for uneven surfaces. If the surface pressure of the tires
exceeds the permissible load on the ground, the surface pressure must be
increased using packing made of durable material (e.g. wooden planks).

S
Risk of damage to tyres!
Release no air from the tyres. Do not reduce tyre pressure!
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 31
GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.6 Driving with rigged crane and boom extension

5.6.2 Position of the boom

The truck crane may only be moved if certain conditions are met. The
boom may have to be moved to a specified position, depending on the
counterweight mounted.

S
Damage may occur to the axle lines!
Always move the boom to the prescribed position before you move the
rigged truck crane. The permitted load on the axle lines will be exceeded
if the boom is in a position which deviates from the prescribed position.

• Set the appropriate SLI code for the rigging mode on the safe load
11== indicator. The SLI codes are found in the Lifting capacity table.

• Move the boom into the prescribed position. The prescribed boom
position can be found in the following tables.

G
Risk of accidents if SLI is overridden!
Always set the SLI rigging code corresponding to the current rigging
mode when you derrick the main boom into the prescribed position.
Do not override the SLI; the prescribed positions in the following table all
lie within the areas which are permitted according to the Lifting capacity
tables.
The truck crane safe load indicator does not function when the SLI is
overridden!

H The axle loads specified in the following tables refer to a driving mode
with the basic unit including the 35 t hook block; larger hook blocks must
be unreeved.

26.06.2000
18.02.2000

5 - 32 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.6 Driving with rigged crane and boom extension

19 m boom The following table is only valid for a 19 m boom extension. There are
extension extra tables for other boom extension lengths in this section.

Counter- Telescoping Angle Angle Main Axle load 2) Axle load 2)


weight Tele. of the of the boom in t x 1000 lbs
in t I/II/III/IV main boom position1)
(lbs) boom exten-
in ° sion in ° front rear front rear

0.5 / 0 / 0 / 0 25 front 20,0 15,5 44.1 34.2


3
22 0/0/0/0 82 rear 11,0 20,0 24.2 44.1
(48 500)
0/0/0/0 25 front 11,5 19,5 25.3 43.0
25
0/0/0/0 82 rear 11,0 20,0 24.2 44.1

0.5 / 0 / 0 / 0 25 front 15,0 21,5 33.1 47.4


3
36 0/0/0/0 82 rear 14,5 21,5 32.0 47.4
(79 400)
0.5 / 0 / 0 / 0 25 front 15,0 21,5 33.1 47.4
25
0/0/0/0 82 rear 14,5 22,0 32.0 48.5

1.0 / 0 / 0 / 0 25 front 19,0 23,0 41.9 50.7


3
50 0/0/0/0 82 rear 18,0 23,5 39.7 51.8
(110 200)
1.0 / 0 / 0 / 0 25 front 19,0 23,0 41.9 50.7
25
0/0/0/0 82 rear 18,0 23,5 39.7 51.8

1.0 / 1.0 / 0.5 / 0 25 front 25,5 27,0 56.2 59.5


3
80 0/0/0/0 82 rear 25,5 27,0 56.2 59.5
(176 400)
1.0 / 1.0 / 0.5 / 0 25 front 26,0 27,0 57.3
25
0/0/0/0 82 rear 25,5 27,0 56.2 59.5
26.06.2000

100
not permissible
(220 500)

1)
Rearward boom position = 0° position, boom over
truck crane rear edge
Forward boom position = 180° position, boom over
driver’s cab
18.02.2000

2)
Axle load front: on the first and second axle lines, respectively
rear: on the third, fourth, fifth and sixth axle lines,
respectively.

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 33
GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.6 Driving with rigged crane and boom extension

27 m boom The following table is only valid for a 27 m boom extension. There are
extension extra tables for other boom extension lengths in this section.

Counter- Telescoping Angle Angle Main Axle load 2) Axle load 2)


weight Tele. of the of the boom in t x 1000 lbs
in t I/II/III/IV main boom position1)
(lbs) boom exten-
in ° sion in ° front rear front rear

0/0/0/0 25 front 14,0 18,5 30.9 40.8


3
22 0/0/0/0 82 rear 10,5 20,5 23.1 45.2
(48 500)
0/0/0/0 25 front 14,0 18,5 30.9 40.8
25
0/0/0/0 82 rear 10,0 20,5 22.0 45.2

0.5 / 0 / 0 / 0 25 front 18,0 20,0 39.7 44.1


3
36 0/0/0/0 82 rear 14,0 22,0 30.9 48.5
(79 400)
0.5 / 0 / 0 / 0 25 front 18,0 20,0 39.7 44.1
25
0/0/0/0 82 rear 13,5 22,5 29.8 49.6

1.0 / 0 / 0 / 0 25 front 22,0 21,5 48.5 47.4


3
50 0/0/0/0 82 rear 17,5 24,0 38.6 52.9
(110 200)
1.0 / 0 / 0 / 0 25 front 22,0 21,5 48.5 47.4
25
0/0/0/0 82 rear 17,0 24,0 38.6 52.9

1.0 / 1.0 / 0 / 0 25 front 24,5 28,0 54.0 61.7


3
80 0/0/0/0 82 rear 25,0 27,5 55.1 60.6
(176 400)
1.0 / 1.0 / 0 / 0 25 front 25,0 27,5 55.1
25
0/0/0/0 82 rear 24,5 28,0 54.0 61.7
26.06.2000

100
not permissible
(220 500)

1)
Rearward boom position = 0° position, boom over
truck crane rear edge
Forward boom position = 180° position, boom over
driver’s cab
18.02.2000

2)
Axle load front: on the first and second axle lines, respectively
rear: on the third, fourth, fifth and sixth axle lines,
respectively.

5 - 34 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.6 Driving with rigged crane and boom extension

35 m boom The following table is only valid for a 35 m boom extension. There are
extension extra tables for other boom extension lengths in this section.

Counter- Telescoping Angle Angle Main Axle load 2) Axle load 2)


weight Tele. of the of the boom in t x 1000 lbs
in t I/II/III/IV main boom position1)
(lbs) boom exten-
in ° sion in ° front rear front rear

0/0/0/0 25 front 17,0 17,5 37.5 38.6


3
22 0/0/0/0 82 rear 10,0 21,0 22.0 46.3
(48 500)
0/0/0/0 25 front 17,5 17,0 38.6 37.5
25
0/0/0/0 82 rear 8,5 21,5 18.7 47.4

0.5 / 0 / 0 / 0 25 front 21,0 19,0 46.3 41.9


3
36 0/0/0/0 82 rear 13,5 22,5 29.8 49.6
(79 400)
0.5 / 0 / 0 / 0 25 front 21,5 18,5 47.4 40.8
25
0/0/0/0 82 rear 12,0 23,5 26.4 51.8

0.5 / 0 / 0 / 0 25 front 16,0 25,0 35.3 55.1


3
50 0/0/0/0 82 rear 17,0 24,5 37.5 54.0
(110 200)
1.0 / 0 / 0 / 0 30 front 24,0 21,0 52.9 46.3
25
0/0/0/0 82 rear 16,0 25,0 35.3 55.1

1.0 / 1.0 / 0 / 0 30 front 26,0 27,0 57.3 59.5


3
80 0/0/0/0 82 rear 24,5 28,0 54.0 61.7
(176 400)
1.0 / 1.0 / 0 / 0 30 front 27,0 27,0 59.5
25
– – rear not permissible
26.06.2000

100
not permissible
(220 500)

1)
Rearward boom position = 0° position, boom over
truck crane rear edge
Forward boom position = 180° position, boom over
driver’s cab
18.02.2000

2)
Axle load front: on the first and second axle lines, respectively
rear: on the third, fourth, fifth and sixth axle lines,
respectively.

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 35
GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.6 Driving with rigged crane and boom extension

43 m boom The following table is only valid for a 43 m boom extension. There are
extension extra tables for other boom extension lengths in this section.

Counter- Telescoping Angle Angle Main Axle load 2) Axle load 2)


weight Tele. of the of the boom in t x 1000 lbs
in t I/II/III/IV main boom position1)
(lbs) boom exten-
in ° sion in ° front rear front rear

0/0/0/0 25 front 15,5 22,0 34.2 48.5


3
36 0/0/0/0 82 rear 13,0 23,0 28.7 50.7
(79 400)
0/0/0/0 25 front 16,0 21,5 35.3 47.4
25
0/0/0/0 82 rear 11,5 24,0 25.3 52.9

0.5 / 0 / 0 / 0 25 front 20,0 23,0 44.1 50.8


3
50 0/0/0/0 82 rear 16,5 25,0 36.4 55.1
(110 200)
0.5 / 0 / 0 / 0 25 front 20,5 23,0 45.2 50.7
25
0/0/0/0 82 rear 15,0 25,5 33.1 56.2

1.0 / 0.5 / 0 / 0 25 front 26,5 27,0 58.4 59.5


3
80 0/0/0/0 82 rear 24,0 28,0 52.9 61.7
(176 400)
1.0 / 0.5 / 0 / 0 25 front 27,0 27,0 59.5
25
– – rear not permissible

100
not permissible
(220 500)

1)
Rearward boom position = 0° position, boom over
truck crane rear edge
Forward boom position = 180° position, boom over
26.06.2000

driver’s cab
2)
Axle load front: on the first and second axle lines, respectively
rear: on the third, fourth, fifth and sixth axle lines,
respectively.
18.02.2000

5 - 36 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.6 Driving with rigged crane and boom extension

51 m boom The following table is only valid for a 51 m boom extension. There are
extension extra tables for other boom extension lengths in this section.

Counter- Telescoping Angle Angle Main Axle load 2) Axle load 2)


weight Tele. of the of the boom in t x 1000 lbs
in t I/II/III/IV main boom position1)
(lbs) boom exten-
in ° sion in ° front rear front rear

0/0/0/0 25 front 20,0 20,0 44.1 44.1


3
36 0/0/0/0 82 rear 12,0 24,0 26.4 52.9
(79 400)
0/0/0/0 25 front 20,5 19,5 45.2 40.0
25
0/0/0/0 82 rear 10,5 24,5 47.4 54.0

0.5 / 0 / 0 / 0 25 front 25,0 21,0 55.1 46.3


3
50 0/0/0/0 82 rear 15,5 25,5 34.2 56.2
(110 200)
0/0/0/0 25 front 15,0 25,5 33.1 56.2
25
0/0/0/0 82 rear 14,0 26,0 30.9 57.3

1.0 / 0.5 / 0 / 0 35 front 26,0 28,0 57.3 61.7


3
– – rear not permissible
80
(176 400)
1.0 / 0.0 / 0 / 0 25 front 24,5 28,0 54.0 61.7
25
– – rear not permissible

100
not permissible
(220 500)

1)
Rearward boom position = 0° position, boom over
truck crane rear edge
Forward boom position = 180° position, boom over
26.06.2000

driver’s cab
2)
Axle load front: on the first and second axle lines, respectively
rear: on the third, fourth, fifth and sixth axle lines,
respectively.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 37


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.6 Driving with rigged crane and boom extension

5.6.3 Driving the rigged truck crane

Locking the Before the truck crane is moved, the superstructure must be locked to the
superstructure carrier; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Mechanical superstructure lock.
and engaging the
slewing gear
permanent brake
• Lock the superstructure; the indicator lamp Superstructure locked must
! illuminate.
• Apply the slewing gear permanent brake and hence switch off the
Y slewing gear Slewing function to prevent inadvertent operation.
To do this, push down the Slewing gear permanent brake rocker switch.
The Slewing gear permanent brake indicator lamp lights up when the

H
slewing gear permanent brake is applied.

If the crane engine stops the slewing gear permanent brake is auto-
matically applied.

Retracting the • Retract the outrigger cylinders until the wheels are just above the
outrigger ground.

G
Risk of overturning!
Take care that the truck crane does not overturn when the outriggers are
being retracted!
Retract all the outrigger cylinders as uniformly as possible!

Switching over
the suspension
locking system
• Switch the suspension locking system off. Push up the Suspension locking
u system rocker switch. The Suspension locking system indicator lamp must
go out.
• Retract the outrigger cylinders until the truck crane is approximately at
on-the-road level.
• Activate the suspension locking system again. To do this push down
the Suspension locking system rocker switch. The Suspension locking system
indicator lamp lights up when the suspension system is locked.
• Continue to retract the outrigger cylinders.

G
Risk of overturning!
18.02.2000

To reduce the risk of the crane overturning do not raise the outrigger
pads more than 5 to 10 cm off the ground. Leave the outrigger beams
extended.

5 - 38 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.6 Driving with rigged crane and boom extension

Driving

S
Risk of damage to tyres!
Check the pressure in the tyres before the rigged truck crane is moved!
The truck crane may be moved only if tyre pressures are at the prescribed
levels; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions - Check tyres. Do not reduce tyre
pressure!

S
Damage may occur to steering linkage!
Only turn the wheel when the vehicle is moving. The steering linkage can
be damaged if the steering is turned when the vehicle is stationary.

H The wind speed must be checked before the rigged truck crane is moved!
The same maximum permissible wind speeds apply as when working
with the crane; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Effect of wind on crane opera-
tion.

• Switch the transfer case to off-the-road gear to move the truck crane;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Off-road gear.
• Switch on driving range 1; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Driving range
of the automatic transmission.
• Drive at only a very low speed!
• The turning radius should be as large as possible when turning corners!
• Steer the truck crane only when the vehicle is in motion and avoid
sudden steering movements!
When the surface is uneven the truck crane must be raised with the out-
rigger cylinders, horizontally aligned and then re-lowered; ➠ Retracting
outriggers, p. 5-38 and Switching over suspension locking system, p. 3-75.

Extending the The truck crane must be on outriggers before beginning work with the
outriggers crane; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Outrigger.

G
Risk of overturning!
The truck crane must be raised until no wheels touch the ground!
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 39


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.6 Driving with rigged crane and boom extension

Blank page

18.02.2000

5 - 40 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.7 Operation with the boom extension

5.7 Operation with the boom extension

S
Risk of overturning with too high wind speeds!
If the maximum permissible wind speed according to the Lifting capacity
table is reached you must put down the load.
Observe the information in section Effect of wind when operating the boom
extension (further on in this chapter) and, if necessary, lower the boom
extension.

S
The main boom may buckle!
Accelerate and brake the crane movements in such a way that the load
does not sway.

S
Risk of accidents from overloading!
A hook block may not be reeved on the main boom during operation with
the boom extension. This hook block or load is not detected by the SLI
and the truck crane can become overloaded.

S
Risk of accidents from overturning
During operation with the boom extension, the telescopic swing-away lat-
tice may not be folded onto the side of the main boom. The weight is not
allowed for by the SLI, so there is a danger of overturning.

S
Single reeving may cause danger of slack rope formation!
When working with system lengths of*) more than 80 m (262 ft) with
single reeving, always reeve the 35 t hook block or heavier hook blocks.
When using the lighter 12 t hook tackle with these system lengths, the
weight of the rear hoist cable will not be compensated and the rope will
go slack.

*)
System length = main boom length + length of lattice extension
26.06.2000
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 41
GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.7 Operation with the boom extension

Crane movements When operating the boom extension all crane movements are controlled
the same as when operating the main boom. Some crane movements for
operating the boom extension are blocked from the crane controls.

Released crane movements Blocked crane movements

– Lifting / lowering the main hoist – Telescoping out/in 1)


– Lifting / lowering the auxiliary
hoist
– Lowering / raising the boom
– Slewing

1)
Telescoping is possible only under certain conditions; ➠ Telescoping with
rigged boom extension, p. 5-44.
If there is an overload, the SLI blocks load-increasing crane movements;

H
➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - SLI shut down.
When the boom extension is being operated the fast speed for the
derricking gear is blocked from the crane controls.

SLI shutdown

During overload the SLI switches off and the two warning lights SLI early
xw warning and SLI shutdown both light up on the plug-in module of the SLI.
The SLI switches off all movements which increase the load moment,
i.e. the following crane movements:
– lifting the main hoist
– lifting the auxiliary hoist
– lowering the main boom
• Leave the shutdown area by raising the main boom. If necessary lower
the load for this.
26.06.2000

Further information for operating the SLI; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating instruc-
tions - Operation of the safe load indicator.
18.02.2000

5 - 42 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.7 Operation with the boom extension

Effect of wind With strong winds the truck crane can become overloaded. The maximum
when operating permissible wind speeds with particular rigging modes can be found in
with the boom the Lifting capacity table. Observe also the information in section Effect of
extension wind on crane operation of the operating instructions of the GMK 6300.

G
Risk of accidents with too high wind speeds!
If the wind speed exceeds the maximum permissible lifting capacity table
values, crane operation must be set and the truck crane must be brought
to the rigging mode. This applies also when the wind surfaces of the load
is smaller than the permissible specific wind surfaces Aper;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Effect of wind on crane operation - permissible
wind load.

If the maximum wind speed according to the lifting capacity table is


exceeded, proceed as follows:

for wind speeds for wind speeds


up to 20 m/s (65 ft/s) over 20 m/s (65 ft/s)
Put down the load. Put down the load.

Retract main boom completely. Retract main boom completely.

Rotate the superstructure in such a Rotate the superstructure towards


way, that the main boom and the the rear (0° position) and lock the
boom extension offer the wind as superstructure.
little surface as possible.
Enter the corresponding rigging
code on the SLI.

Lower the main boom until the


sheave on the boom extension’s
head section touches the ground.
26.06.2000
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 43


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.7 Operation with the boom extension

5.7.1 Telescoping with rigged boom extension

The SLI frees the telescoping when there no load except for the hook
block is hanging from the boom extension.

Telescoping with a rigged boom extension is released only between 75°


and 82°, depending on the length of the boom extension.
The SLI releases the telescoping only when the main boom is raised up to
the angle at which it is safe to telescope with the rigged boom extension.

With short luffing jibs the telescoping is released from 75°, with long
luffing jibs the main boom must be raised to 82°.

S
The main boom may buckle during simultaneous rotation!
You must not rotate the superstructure whilst you telescope the main
boom with the rigged boom extension. If you do rotate this at the same
time, there will be additional sideways forces on the unlocked telescope
section. This side load may become so large that the telescope section
becomes overloaded and buckles.

The telescoping gear is operated in the same way as the main boom;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions - Auxiliary hoist.

18.02.2000

5 - 44 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.8 Maintenance plans

H
5.8 Maintenance plans

All general notes, safety rules and information on environmental protec-


tion contained in the Maintenance manual of the GMK 6300, Chapters 1 and
2, apply when carrying out this maintenance work. In addition, the
following maintenance plans apply to the maintenance plans of the same
name in the Maintenance manual of the GMK 6300.
The same abbreviations used in the Maintenance manual of the GMK 6300
(for example, Bh = hours of operation).

5.8.1 Maintenance plan M 1: monthly / after 100 Bh

M1
Maintenance work on the superstructure: monthly / after 100 Bh Oil / lubricant

Amount (l)/ Designation


Number

Luffing jib (additional equipment)


– Lubricating the fall-back guard; ➠ 5.10.1, p. 5-49. 1 K
– Lubricating connecting pins; ➠ 5.10.2, p. 5-49. 2 K
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 45


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.8 Maintenance plans

Blank page

18.02.2000

5 - 46 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.9 Lubricant table

H
5.9 Lubricant table

The lubricants listed in the following table are to be used in the mainte-
nance of the luffing jib. If the table of lubricants in the Maintenance manual
of the GMK 6300 contains other lubricants under the same designation,
use only those lubricants in this table for the luffing jib.

Designa- Lubricating Type of Designation Specification Lubricant type


tion point lubrication in acc. with Classification Viscosity range
DIN 51502

hydraulic
G2 oil quantity H-LP DIN 51524 T.2 ISO-VG 32
system

use for repairs


K bearings KP - L2K DIN 51825
with grease
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 47


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.9 Lubricant table

Blank page

18.02.2000

5 - 48 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.10 Maintenance work

5.10 Maintenance work

5.10.1 Lubricating the fall-back guard M1

On the foot section, a lubricating nipple in


the pivot point of the fall-back guard is to be
lubricated.

• Clean the lubricating nipple (1) and lubri-


cate it with a grease gun.
• Use lubricating grease a indicated in the
Maintenance plan, p. 3-81.
• Move the fall-back guard so that the
grease is evenly distributed.

5.10.2 Lubricating connecting pins M1

One lubricating nipple on the connecting pins on the respective sides of


the foot section is to be lubricated.

• Clean the lubricating nipple (1) and lubri-


cate it with a grease gun.
• Use lubricating grease a indicated in the
Maintenance plan, p. 3-81.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 5 - 49


GMK 6300
Boom extension
5.10 Maintenance work

Blank page

18.02.2000

5 - 50 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
_______________________________________________________________________________________ 6
6 Luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 1
6.1 Additional operating and display elements in the crane cab . . . . . 6 - 1
6.1.1 Location of the additional operating and display elements . . . . . . . . . . 6- 2
6.1.2 Function of the additional operating and display elements . . . . . . . . . . 6- 4
6.2 Components and Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 7
6.3 Combination possibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 11
6.4 Attachment points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 13
6.5 Rigging luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 15
6.5.1 CHECKLIST: Rigging luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 15
6.5.2 CHECKLIST: Unrigging luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 20
6.6 Description of rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 25
6.6.1 Rigging mode of the truck crane during installation of luffing jib . . . . . . . 6 - 25
6.6.2 Installing/disassembling luffing control arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 26
6.6.3 Rigging/Unrigging backstop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 28
6.6.4 Handling the pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 30
6.6.5 Installing/disassembling foot section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 31
6.6.6 Raising/placing the luffing control arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 32
6.6.7 Preparing the upper hook block for rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 34
6.6.8 Securing the upper hook block on the luffing control arm . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 35
6.6.9 Removing the upper hook block from the luffing control arm . . . . . . . . . 6 - 37
6.6.10 Installing/disassembling boom sections and suspension bars . . . . . . . . . 6 - 39
6.6.11 Transport pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 43
6.6.12 Changing the lifting limit switch and anemometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 45
6.6.13 SLI connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 47
6.6.14 Electric connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 49
6.6.15 Reeving the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 52
6.6.16 Telescoping with the luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 56
6.6.17 Derricking luffing jib when rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 59
6.6.18 Derricking main boom with installed luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 61
6.6.19 Bringing the luffing jib into working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 62
6.6.20 Preparing the luffing jib for unrigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 64
6.7 Operation with the luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 67
6.8 Driving with rigged crane and luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 73
6.8.1 Driving route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 73
6.8.2 Position of the boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 74
6.8.3 Driving the rigged truck crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 81
6.8.4 Luffing jib malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 83
6.9 Maintenance plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 85
6.9.1 Maintenance plan M 1: monthly / after 100 Bh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 85
6.9.2 Maintenance plan M 6: monthly / after 500 Bh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 85
6.10 Lubricant table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 87
6.11 Maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 89
6.11.1 Lubricating the fall-back guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 89
6.11.2 Lubricating connecting pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 89
18.02.2000

6.11.3 Checking the nitrogen and oil pressure in the backstop . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 90

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en


GMK 6300
18.02.2000

2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.1 Additional operating and display elements in the crane cab

6 Luffing jib

6.1 Additional operating and display elements in the


crane cab
If the GMK 6300 is equipped with the luffing jib, operating and display
elements will be in installed in the crane cab which are additional to the
ones described in the operating manual of the GMK 6300.

All additional operating and display elements which are installed when a
luffing jib is retrofitted are described in this chapter.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6-1


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.1 Additional operating and display elements in the crane cab

6.1.1 Location of the additional operating and display elements

18.02.2000

6-2 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.1 Additional operating and display elements in the crane cab

1 “Luffing control arm erected” indicator lamp ➠ p. 6-4


2 “Steepest position” warning lamp ➠ p. 6-5
3 Telescoping range indicator lamp ➠ p. 6-5
4 Working range indicator lamp ➠ p. 6-4
5 Rigging range indicator lamp ➠ p. 6-5
6 Operating mode selector switch ➠ p. 6-4
7 “Lowest position” warning lamp ➠ p. 6-5
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6-3


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.1 Additional operating and display elements in the crane cab

6.1.2 Function of the additional operating and display elements

Operating mode selector switch


Switches the control and monitoring equipment to the necessary function
2 for the selected mode.
1
0 To switch, pull the knob on the switch out slightly and push it together
with the scale.

Position 0: For operation with the main boom and boom


extension
Position 1: To rig the luffing jib
Position 2: For operation with luffing jib

The switching position is set correctly if the knob of the selector switch
locks back in and the desired digit is next to the arrow marking (e.g. 1).

Indicator lamp for luffing control arm raised


m Lights up if the Operating mode selector switch is in position 1 or 2 and if the
luffing control arm is raised to the rigging position or farther.
Goes out as soon as the luffing control arm is bolow the rigging position.
Flashes if the luffing jib is electrically connected and and the Operating
mode selector switch is at position 0.

Indicator lamp in operating area


o Illuminates when the Operating mode selector switch is in the operating
position 2.
Extinguishes as soon as the Operating mode selector switch is switched to
the erecting position 1.
Flashes as long as the luffing jib is electrically connected and the
Operating mode selector switch is in the position 0.
18.02.2000

6-4 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.1 Additional operating and display elements in the crane cab

Indicator lamp in erecting area


r Illuminates when the Operating mode selector switch is in the erecting
position 1.
Extinguishes as soon as the Operating mode selector switch is switched to
the operating position 2.
Flashes as long as the luffing jib is electrically connected and the
Operating mode selector switch is in the position 0.

Indicator lamp telescopic area


q Illuminates when the Operating mode selector switch is in the erecting
position 1 and the unlocking of a telescopic part is selected with the
rocker switch Selecting locking/unlocking device.
Extinguishes as soon as the Operating mode selector switch is switched to
the operating position 2.
Flashes as long as the luffing jib is electrically connected and the
Operating mode selector switch is in the position 0.

Warning lamp in steepest position


p Illuminates when the Operating mode selector switch is in position 1 or 2 and
the luffing jib is raised into the steepest possible position for the present
area (operating area or erecting area). As soon as this warning lamp
illuminates, the crane control switches off all movements which could
lead the luffing jib further out of the permissible area.
Extinguishes as soon as the luffing jib is relowered into the permissible
area.
Flashes as long as the luffing jib is electrically connected and the
Operating mode selector switch is in the position 0.

Warning lamp in flattest position


n Illuminates when the Operating mode selector switch is in position 1 or 2 and
the luffing jib is lowered into the flattest possible position for the present
area (operating area or erecting area). As soon as this warning lamp
illuminates, the crane control system switches off all movements which
could lead the luffing jib further out of the permissible area.
Extinguishes as soon as the luffing jib is raised back into the permissible
area.
Flashes as long as the luffing jib is electrically connected and the
Operating mode selector switch is in the position 0.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6-5


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.1 Additional operating and display elements in the crane cab

Blank page

18.02.2000

6-6 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.2 Components and Identification

6.2 Components and Identification

Components When delivered, the luffing jib has the following components
(see diagram on next page):
– one foot section,
– one luffing control arm,
– three intermediate sections with suspension bars,
– one suspension section,
– two intermediate sections without suspension bars
(and no supports for suspension bars) and
– one head section.
These components can be put together in six different length combina-
tions. To find out which parts need to be installed in which positions;
➠ Combination possibilities, p. 6-11.

Identification The luffing jib is designed for the truck crane with which it was delivered.
The parts of the luffing jib belonging to the truck crane have the same
serial number as the truck crane.
All components are identified by serial number.

S
Operate the truck crane only with those parts of the luffing jib which have
the same serial number as the crane.
The SLI is set only for this luffing jib.

H
This means that you can prevent malfunctions and damage.

For technical reasons the truck crane may be adjusted only with
a luffing jib.

If you wish to use the luffing jib on several GROVE truck cranes, the parts
of the luffing jib must be adjusted for these cranes and labelled with all of
the respective serial numbers.

S
Have the matching of the luffing jib carried out only by GROVE Product
Support at the particular location!
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6-7
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.2 Components and Identification

Foot section

The serial numbers of the foot section are on


the fixed section on the holder of the deflec-
2
tion sheave (2) and on the luffing section on
1 a plate (1) near the transport pin.

C0888

Intermediate
sections and sus-
pension section
The serial numbers (2) of all intermediate
1 2
sections are on the right-hand side at the
rear of the grille frames, the serial numbers
(1) of all suspension bars are on the right-
hand side at the rear of the suspension bars.

In the case of the suspension section you


will find the serial numbers in the corre-
sponding places.

C0890
18.02.2000

6-8 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.2 Components and Identification

Head section

The serial number (1) of the head section is


on the right-hand side next to the distributing
box.

C0889

Luffing control
arm
The serial number (1) of the luffing control
arm is located at the end of the luffing
1 control arm on the left-hand side.

C0887
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6-9


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.2 Components and Identification

Blank page

18.02.2000

6 - 10 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.3 Combination possibilities

6.3 Combination possibilities

21 m (69 ft)
Foot section Guy piece
Head

29 m (95 ft)
Foot section Intermediate Guy piece
section Head

37 m (121 ft)
Foot section Intermediate Intermediate Guy piece
section section Head

45 m (148 ft)
Foot section Intermediate Intermediate Intermediate Guy piece
section section section Head

53 m (174 ft)
Foot section Intermediate Intermediate Intermediate Guy piece Intermediate
section section section section without Head
end-tensioning
post

Intermediate Intermediate 61 m (200 ft)


Foot section Intermediate Intermediate Intermediate

H
Guy piece section section
18.02.2000

section section section Head


Without end-tensioning
post

When calculating the luffing jib length, the 2.5 metre adapter piece of the
foot section is not included.

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 11


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.3 Combination possibilities

Blank page

18.02.2000

6 - 12 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.4 Attachment points

6.4 Attachment points

G
The attachment points of all luffing jib sections can be seen in the follow-
ing diagram. Attach the boom sections only to these attachment points as
they will then automatically find the right centre of distribution!

Luffing control arm


The luffing control arm has 4 attachment
points (2 on each side):
1 and 2 for lifting during installation/
/removal
when raising the luffing control
arm during rigging

Foot section
The foot section has 6 attachment points
(3 on each side):
1 and 3 for lifting the foot section with
luffing control arm
2 and 3 for lifting the foot section
without luffing control arm

Intermediate sections and tie/suspension


section

The intermediate sections and the tie/suspen-


sion section have 2 attachment points (1)
(each easily offset on each side).

Head section
The head section has 2 attachment points (1)
(1 on each side).
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 13


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.4 Attachment points

Blank page

18.02.2000

6 - 14 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.5 Rigging luffing jib

6.5 Rigging luffing jib

6.5.1 CHECKLIST: Rigging luffing jib

H This checklist is not equivalent to a complete instruction manual. There


are accompanying handling instructions which are indicated by cross-
references. Observe the warning and safety information given there!

1. Prepare truck crane for the installation of the luffing jib;


➠ Rigging mode of the truck crane when installing the luffing jib, p. 6-25.

2. If necessary install the luffing control arm on the foot section;


➠ Installing/disassembling luffing control arm, p. 6-26.

3. Put the luffing jib sections in position in front of the main boom head
according to the assembly drawings;
➠ Assembly drawing, p. 6-11;
➠ Attachment points, p. 6-13.

4. Main hoist rope for rigging the upper hook block;


➠ Preparing for rigging the upper hook block, p. 6-34.

5. Attach the foot section to the attachment points, lift in front of the
main boom head with an auxiliary crane and then lock;
➠ Installing/disassembling foot section, p. 6-31.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 15
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.5 Rigging luffing jib

6. Mount the railing on the luffing control arm and then lock;
➠ Mounting/removing luffing control arm, p. 6-32.

W0530

7. Place the luffing control arm on the rigging supports;


➠ Mounting/removing luffing control arm, p. 6-32.

8. Unreel main hoist rope and pull back up to the auxiliary hoist;
➠ Preparing for rigging the upper hook block, p. 6-34.

9. Connect the luffing jib electrically;


➠ Making electric connection, p. 6-50.

C0893

10. Select the actual rigging mode with the luffing jib to be rigged on the
11== SLI or set the corresponding SLI code according to the Lifting capacity
table; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Safe load indicator (SLI).

11. Put operating mode selector switch in Pos. 1: Rigging;


➠ Operating mode selector switch, p. 6-4.
2
1
0
18.02.2000

6 - 16 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.5 Rigging luffing jib

12. If necessary secure the suspension device on the upper hook block
and then reeve; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Fixing and reeving the
guy unit - Reeving upper / bottom sheave.

13. Secure the upper hook block on the luffing control arm;
➠ Securing upper hook block on luffing control arm, p. 6-35.

14. Fold railing;


➠ Mounting/removing luffing control arm, p. 6-32.

C0831

15. Install the auxiliary crane with the remaining jib sections;
➠ Installing/disassembling jib sections and suspension bars, p. 6-39.

16. Remove the transport pins in the foot section and secure in the
supports; ➠ Transport pins, p. 6-43.

17. Reel off main hoist rope, pull up to the head section and tie up.

18. Switch the anemometer from the main boom head to the head section
of the luffing jib; ➠ Changing lifting limit switch and anemometer,
p. 6-45.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 17
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.5 Rigging luffing jib

19. Bridge the lifting limit switch on the main boom head and connect the
lifting limit switch on the head of the luffing jib; ➠ Lifting limit switch
and anemometer, p. 6-45.

20. Connect the luffing jib to the SLI;


➠ Making SLI connection, p. 6-47.
2

C0892

21. Reeve the hoist rope on the hook block and attach lifting limit switch
weight; ➠ Reeving the hoist rope, p. 6-52.

22. Enter the current reeving in the SLI;


§ n= ➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions - Operation of the SLI.

23. Raise the luffing control arm with the auxiliary hoist until indicator
m lamp Luffing control arm raised lights up;
➠ Bringing the luffing jib into working position, p. 6-62.
24. Raise the main boom to its steepest inclination (SLI display
8"0 n° Current main boom angle: 82°);
➠ Derricking main boom with fitted luffing jib, p. 6-61.

25. Raise the luffing jib with an auxiliary hoist until the indicator lamp
q Telescope range lights up;
➠ Derricking the luffing jib when rigging, p. 6-59.
18.02.2000

6 - 18 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.5 Rigging luffing jib

C0894 26. If necessary telescope out the main boom to a permissible position
according to the Lifting capacity table and lock the telescope sections;
➠ Derricking the luffing jib when rigging, p. 6-59.

C0895 27. If necessary lower the main boom to the 70° position;
➠ Derricking main boom with installed luffing jib, p. 6-61.

28. Put operating mode selector switch in Pos. 2: Switch Operation;


➠ Operating mode selector switch, p. 6-4.

C0814

29. The maximum permitted slewing speed for the current rigging mode
is set;
SPEED ➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions - Maximal permitted slewing speed.
TURN
NORMAL :
POINT : ❙
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 19


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.5 Rigging luffing jib

6.5.2 CHECKLIST: Unrigging luffing jib

H C0895
This checklist is not equivalent to a complete instruction manual. There
are accompanying handling instructions which are indicated by cross-
references. Observe the warning and safety information given there!

1. If necessary raise the main boom to its steepest inclination (SLI


display Current main boom angle: 82°); ➠ Derricking main boom with fitted
luffing jib, p. 6-61.

C0894 2. If necessary telescope the main boom in completely;


➠ Derricking the luffing jib when rigging, p. 6-59.

3. Put operating mode selector switch in Pos. 2: Switch Operation;


➠ Operating mode selector switch, p. 6-4.

C0814

4. Lower the luffing jib with the auxiliary hoist until the indicator lamp
n Flattest position lights up; ➠ Derricking the luffing jib when rigging,
p. 6-59.

5. Put operating mode selector switch in Pos. 1: Switch Rigging;


➠ Operating mode selector switch, p. 6-4.
2
1
0

6. Lower main boom and place the luffing jib on the ground;
➠ Preparing the luffing jib for unrigging, p. 6-64.
18.02.2000

6 - 20 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.5 Rigging luffing jib

7. Use the auxiliary hoist to move the luffing control arm until it is on the
rigging supports; ➠ Preparing the luffing jib for unrigging, p. 6-64.

C0831

8. Mount the railing on the luffing control arm and then lock;
➠ Raising/folding the railing, p. 6-33.

C0832

9. Unreeve hook block and reel the main hoist rope up to the upper hook
block; ➠ Unreeving hoist rope, p. 6-52.

10. Position the main hoist rope for unrigging the upper hook block;
➠ Removing upper hook block from luffing control arm, p. 6-37.

C0833

11. Re-rig the suspension device;


➠ Removing upper hook block from luffing control arm, p. 6-37.

C0834

12. Reel up main hoist rope;


➠ Removing upper hook block from luffing control arm, p. 6-37.
13. Use the auxiliary crane to place the luffing control arm on the foot
section, fold the railing on the luffing control arm and then lock;
➠ Mounting/removing luffing control arm, p. 6-32.
18.02.2000

s
C0836

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 21


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.5 Rigging luffing jib

14. Re-rig the electric connections of the luffing jib;


➠ Disconnecting electric connection, p. 6-51.

C0893

15. Re-rig the SLI connections of the luffing jib;


➠ Disconnecting SLI connections, p. 6-48.
2

C0892

16. Overriding the lifting limit switch locking system on the main boom
head; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Lifting limit switch at the main
boom - Check locking system and release if necessary.

17. Attach lifting limit switch weight; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual -
Attaching and securing lifting limit switch weight.

18. Switch the anemometer from the head section of the luffing jib to the
main boom head;
➠ Changing lifting limit switch and anemometer, p. 6-45.

19. Disassemble the components of the luffing jib and use an auxiliary
crane to place on a separate vehicle;
➠ Installing/disassembling jib sections and suspension bars, p. 6-39.
18.02.2000

6 - 22 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.5 Rigging luffing jib

20. Insert the transport pins in the foot section and secure;
➠ Transport pins, p. 6-43.

21. If necessary unrig the backstop and remove the luffing control arm;
➠ Installing/disassembling luffing control arm, p. 6-26.

C0837

22. Put operating mode selector switch in Pos. 0: Switching operation with
main boom and boom extension; ➠ Operating mode selector switch, p. 6-4.

C0838

23. Select the actual rigging mode for operation with main boom on the
11== SLI or set the respective SLI code according to the Lifting capacity table;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Safe load indicator - SLI.
24. Turn superstructure forward and place the main boom in the boom
support.

C0839
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 23


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.5 Rigging luffing jib

Blank page

18.02.2000

6 - 24 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

6.6 Description of rigging work

6.6.1 Rigging mode of the truck crane during installation


of luffing jib

For the installation and dismantling of the luffing jib on the truck crane
the following preparatory work must be carried out to switch the truck
crane into the prescribed rigging mode.

• Support the truck crane: ➠ GMK 6300 operating manual - Outrigger.


You can find the prescribed span for operation with the luffing jib to be
rigged in the Lifting capacity table.
• Mount the required counterweight; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual -
Counterweight.
You can find information concerning the required counterweight in the
Lifting capacity tables.
• Fully retract all telescoping sections and lower the main boom until it is
horizontal; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Telescoping gear.
• Unreeve the hook block;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual- Reeving and
unreeving the hoist cable, take the main hoist
rope (1) from the head sheave on the main
boom and guide it on the right boom side
to the ground.

1
C0815
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 25


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

6.6.2 Installing/disassembling luffing control arm

Installation

• Attach the luffing control arm to the


prescribed attaching points and lift it with
the foot section; ➠ Connection points,
p. 6-13.
The luffing control arm is attached to the
foot section with two pins. The pins are in
the supports (3) on the luffing control arm.

• Lock the luffing control arm and the foot


section on both sides with the pins (1) and
secure the pins with the retaining pins (2).

• Lift the lower suspension rod (1) with an


auxiliary crane.
• Remove both transport stirrups (2) at the
front and back.
• Lower the suspension bar (1) to the rest (3)
in the foot section.

3
1

C0854

G
Danger of injury due to falling parts!
Do not let the transport stirrups in the luffing jib droop. In operation they
may fall and this can lead to damage or injury.
18.02.2000

After the installation of the luffing control arm you must rig the backstop;
➠ Rigging/unrigging the backstop, p. 6-28.

6 - 26 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

Disassembly Before disassembly, the backstop must be unrigged;


➠ Rigging/unrigging the backstop, p. 6-28.
1 • Remove the bolt from the bearing point (1)
between the foot section and the suspen-
sion/intermediate section. Insert the pin
into the holder (2) and secure it with the
retaining pin.
• Lift the lower suspension bar with an auxi-
liary crane and secure it by fastening both
2 transport stirrups.

C0856

• Using an auxiliary crane, attach the luffing


control arm to the prescribed attachment
points; ➠ Attachment points, p. 6-13.
• Remove the pin (1) between the luffing
control arm and the foot section, insert the
pins in the holders (3) and secure them
with retaining pins (2).
• Lift the luffing control arm from the foot
section.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 27


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

6.6.3 Rigging/Unrigging backstop

When the luffing control arm and the foot section are transported
separately you must do the following:

– when rigging connect the backstop with the foot section after the
luffing control arm has been mounted;
– when unrigging before disassembling the luffing control arm separate
the backstop from the foot section and secure for transportation.

When rigging

• Remove the pin (3) from the bore (4) in the


bar.
• Insert the bolt into the holder (2) and
secure it with the fuse plug (1). The pin will
thus not fall out during operation.

2
C0914

• Pull out the backstop on the crown plate


until both eyes (1) on the crown plate are
4 3 aligned with the bore (3) on the foot
section.
• Remove the pin (2) from the holder (4) and
insert it through bore and eye.

2 • Secure the pin with the fuse plug.


The backstop is now rigged for operation.

1
18.02.2000

C0857

6 - 28 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

When unrigging

• Remove the fuse plug (1) and pull the


pin (2) out of bore and eye.
• Insert the pin into the holder (3) and
secure it with the fuse plug.
3

C0858

• Push the backstop together until the bore


on the bar is behind the crown plate (2).
• Withdraw the pin (1) from the holder (3)
and insert it into the bore in the bar.
• Secure the pin with a retaining pin.
1 2
The backstop is now secured for trans-
portation.

3
C0915
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 29


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

6.6.4 Handling the pins

1 2 The connecting pins of the luffing jib are


tapered on both sides and are each secured
with two retaining pins. Only one retaining
pin must be removed when rigging.

When rigging (1 and 2) you must remove the


inner retaining pin and insert the pin as far
as possible onto the outer retaining pin.
3 4 Then secure the inner retaining pin again.

When unrigging (3 and 4) you must remove


the outer retaining pin and push the pin
inwards through the bearing point.

H
C0859

Unlike all other parts, there are two pin catch boards attached to the foot
section (see diagram below), into which the pins fall when they have been
hit through the bearing points. Ensure that you can insert the retaining
pins from the front when driving the the pins into the foot section. If you
insert the retaining pins into the pins from above (as in illustration 3
above), the retaining pins will push against the drip cup when driving
the pins out and thus cause damage. For all other positions, the crane is
accompanied by a removable pin catch board which is attached at the
respective position on the boom part.

18.02.2000

C0860

6 - 30 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

6.6.5 Installing/disassembling foot section

Installation

• Attach the foot section with the luffing


control arm to the prescribed attachment
points; ➠ Attachment points, p. 6-13;
➠ Handling the pins, p. 6-30.
• Lift the foot section with the auxiliary
crane in front of the main boom head so
that at first the bearing points on the foot
section and the main boom head are
aligned and then insert the pins (2).
Secure the pins with the retaining pins.
• Now lift the foot section until the upper
eyes in the foot section are aligned with
the upper bearing point on the main boom
head.
• Insert the pins (1) and secure them with
retaining pins.

Disassembly • Attach the foot section with the luffing control arm to the prescribed
attachment points; ➠ Attachment points, p. 6-13;
➠ Handling the pins, p. 6-30.
• First remove the upper connecting pins (1) on the main boom head,
insert the pins in the holders and secure them with retaining pins.
• Remove the lower connecting pins (2), insert the pins in the holders
and secure them with retaining pins.
• Use the auxiliary crane to place the foot section on, for example, the

H
separate vehicle.

You can disassemble the luffing control arm with either a foot section
installed in front of the main boom head or with a disassembled foot
section; ➠ Installing/disassembling luffing control arm, p. 6-26.
If you, for example, switch from luffing jib mode to operation with a
boom extension, you do not need to disassemble the foot section.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 31


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

6.6.6 Raising/placing the luffing control arm

Raising the
luffing control
arm

• Raise the railing on the luffing control arm;


➠ Raising the railing in this section.
• Use the auxiliary crane to attach the luffing
control arm to the front attachment point
and lift it until the supporting struts (1) are
above the foot section.
• Extract the locking pin (3) on both sides.
Swing the rigging supports (2) around on
both sides and fit the pins (1) back into the
bore holes.

• Lower the main boom with the auxiliary


crane until the luffing control arm is on the
rigging supports (2) with the supporting
struts (1).

18.02.2000

s
6 - 32 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

Placing luffing
control arm
• Use the auxiliary crane to attach the luffing
control arm to the front attachment point
and lift it until the supporting struts are
above the foot section.
• Loosen the retaining pins from the rigging
supports and turn the rigging supports
back again. Lock the rigging supports in
this position.
• Lower the luffing control arm with the
auxiliary crane until it is fully on the foot
section.

H When you have placed the luffing control arm for transportation you must
fold the railing; ➠ Folding railing in this section.

Raising/folding
railing
Raising

• Remove the pin (1) from the lower bore (2)


on the lock.
• Raise the railing.
• Insert the pin into the upper bore (3) on
the lock. The raised railing is now secured.
• Raise the railing on the other side also.

Folding

• Remove the pin (1) from the upper bore (3)


on the lock.
• Fold the railing up completely.
• Insert the pin into the lower bore (2) on the
lock. The folded railing is now secured.
• Fold the railing on the other side also.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 33


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

6.6.7 Preparing the upper hook block for rigging

Before installing Before you install the foot section, you should pull the main hoist rope
the foot section through the foot section.
• Remove the rope guide sheaves from the
deflection sheaves (1), (2) and (3). Loosen
the relevant retaining pin for this, hold the
sheave fast and pull out the axle.
• Unreel the main hoist rope a little and
thread it under the deflection sheave (2)
into the foot section.
• Unreel more of the main hoist rope and
pull it forwards through the foot section
until you are standing several metres in
front of the foot section.
• Place the hoist rope on the deflection sheave
(1) and secure the rope guide sheave.
• Place the hoist rope under the deflection
sheave (2) and secure the rope guide
sheave.
• Pull the end of the main hoist rope back round the deflection sheave (3)
in the direction of the main jib and secure the rope guide sheaves.

After installing When the foot section is installed you must pull the main hoist rope back
the foot section out to the auxiliary hoist.
• Unreel the main hoist rope further and pull
it back to the auxiliary hoist.
• Secure the rope end clamp (2) of the main
hoist rope on the upper hook block (1).
18.02.2000

6 - 34 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

H How the guy unit is fixed to the upper hook block and reeved
➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Fixing and reeving the guy unit -
Reeving upper / bottom sheave.

6.6.8 Securing the upper hook block on the luffing control arm

Before you secure the upper hook block on the luffing control arm you
must pull it from the auxiliary hoist to the luffing control arm.

• For this switch on the main hoist with the rocker switch Switch off main
üC hoist and switch on the auxiliary hoist with the rocker switch Switch off
auxiliary hoist.
• Now move the upper hook block with the control lever movements Lift
main hoist and Lower auxiliary hoist until it hangs over the crosshead in
the luffing control arm.
Control the hoists so that the luffing control
arm (2) is first raised far enough so that the
upper hook block (1) can not collide with the
boom sections.

When the upper hook block (1) hangs over


the crosshead you must put the luffing
control arm (2) on the rigging supports again.

G
Risk of accidents when raising the upper hook block!
If you still need to move the hoists to lock the upper hook block, make
sure that the luffing control arm does not raise when someone is
standing on it!
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 35
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

• Remove the pins (3) from the holders (4).

1 • Lock the upper hook block (5) and the


crosshead (2) with the two pins (3).
If necessary, continue to control with the
hoists.

2 5
3
4

C0843

• Secure the pins (1) on both sides with a


spring pin (2).

2
1

C0820
18.02.2000

6 - 36 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

• Release the main hoist rope from the


upper hook block.
• Remove the rope guide rollers from the
deflection sheaves (1), (2) and (3). Loosen
the relevant retaining pin for this, hold the
roller fast and pull out the axle.
• Place the main hoist rope on the deflection
sheave (2) and secure the rope guide
sheave again.
• Also secure the rope guide sheaves on the
deflection sheaves (1) and (3).
• Move the main hoist rope forward.
• Fold the railing on the luffing control arm;
➠ Folding railing, p. 6-33.

6.6.9 Removing the upper hook block from the luffing control arm

The hook block is unreeved and the main hoist rope is reeled out until it is
under the deflection sheave in the luffing control arm.

• Remove the rope guide sheaves from the


deflection sheaves (1), (2) and (3). Loosen
the relevant retaining pin for this, hold the
roller fast and pull out the axle.
• Place the hoist rope under the deflection
sheave (2) and secure the rope guide
sheave.
• Pull the end of the main hoist rope back
round the deflection sheave (3) in the
direction of the main jib and secure the
rope guide sheaves.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 37
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

G
Risk of falls when releasing the pins on the upper hook block!
No persons may be present on the luffing control arm when the hoisting
gear has to be moved to release the pins on the upper hook block. When
using the hoisting gear, the luffing control arm can raise suddenly, caus-
ing a person to lose his equilibrium and fall from the luffing control arm.

• Secure the rope end clamp (1) on the


upper hook block (5).
1
• Loosen the pins (3) which connect the
upper hook block (5) with the crosshead (2)
and insert them in the holders (4).

2 5
3
4

C0843

• Switch on the main hoist with the rocker switch Switch off main hoist and
üC switch on the auxiliary hoist with the rocker switch Switch off auxiliary
hoist.
• Now move the upper hook block with the control lever movements
Lower main hoist and Lift auxiliary hoist until it is back at the auxiliary
hoist.
Control the hoists so that the luffing control
arm (2) is first raised far enough so that the
upper hook block (1) can not collide with the
boom sections.

When the upper hook block (1) hangs over


the auxiliary hoist you must put the luffing
control arm (2) on the rigging supports again.
18.02.2000

6 - 38 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

• Secure the upper hook block; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Fixing and
reeving the guy unit - Reeving upper / bottom sheave.
• Reel the main hoist rope up to the main boom head.

6.6.10 Installing/disassembling boom sections and suspension bars

Connecting pins The attach pins fit into the holdings on the rear of all boom parts.

The small pins (1) are required for connect-


ing the suspension bars.

The other pins are handled the same as the


pins on the foot section; ➠ Handling the
1 pins, p. 6-30.

H
C0863

There is no holder for the small pins on the suspension section as no


more suspension bars are rigged in front of this section.

Installing All requisite luffing jib sections are attached and locked after each other.
To do this, the section rigged at the end must be placed on a support and
the upper bearing points must be locked. So that the lower bearing points

H
are aligned for locking, the luffing jib must, if necessary, be raised.

With longer luffing jibs it is better (especially when installing the head
section) to first raise the luffing jib and then attach the next section with
an auxiliary crane. This will give you better control over the bearing point
as a long luffing jib in particular will swing considerably when being
raised on account of its tare weight.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 39
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

2 • Sling the required section using an auxilia-


ry crane; ➠ Attachment points, p. 6-13.
• Lift the boom section in front of the final
section to be rigged so that the upper
1 3 bearing points (1), (2) and (3) align at first.
• Lock the upper bearing points and secure
the pins with retaining pins.

5 • Align the lower bearing points (4) and (5)


by raising or, if this is not possible with
long luffing jibs, by using an auxiliary
crane.
• Lock the lower bearing points and secure
the pins with retaining pins.
4
C0867
• Remove the transport protection;
➠ Suspension bar transport protection in this
section.

Disassembly

G
Risk of accidents from descending luffing jib!
Always unload the luffing jib first before you loosen the pin connections
as described in this section.
You will thus prevent sections of the loaded luffing jib descending and
injuring other people as the connections are being loosened.

Unloading luffing jib

After the luffing jib has been placed on the sheave of the head section it is
under the stress of the tare weight. Before loosening the connections you
must unload the luffing jib as follows:
18.02.2000

6 - 40 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

• Sling the luffing jib to the upper attach


pins (1) on the foot section with a auxiliary
crane.

1 • Lift the luffing jib so that the lower pin (2)


is unloaded.
• Take out the lower pin.
2

• Slowly lower the luffing jib to the ground.

• Sling the luffing jib to the upper attach


pins (3) (on the left and right, respectively)
on the head with a auxiliary crane.
3
• Lift the luffing jib so that the lower pin (4)
is unloaded.
4 • Take out the lower pin.

• Slowly lower the luffing jib to the ground.


• Now all boom sections are unloaded on
the ground and you can pull out the pins.

C0864

Loosening connections

• Loosen the retaining pins on all bearing


points and remove the pins.
• Insert the pins into the holders and secure
them with retaining pins.
• Insert the transport protection in all
suspension bars; ➠ Suspension bar transport
protection in this section.
18.02.2000

s
C0865

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 41


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

Suspension bar
transport
protection

Inserting transport protection

For transportation the suspension bars are


secured on the intermediate sections with
fuse plugs.
1 2
• Fold the lock washer (2) out.
• Insert the plug (1) into the bore in the
suspension rod.
• Fold the lock washer in.

C0866

Removing transport protection

Before raising the luffing jib you must remove the transport protection.

• Fold the lock washer (2) out.


• Withdraw plug (1) from the bore in the suspension bar.
• Secure the fuse plug on a retaining pin.

18.02.2000

6 - 42 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

6.6.11 Transport pins

The foot section consists of the fixed section


(1) and the luffing section (3). The transport
pins (2) on both sides prevent the luffing
section folding down during transportation,
rigging or operation with the boom exten-
sion.

For operation with the luffing jib the


transport pins in the foot section’s angle
section must be removed.
For transportation the transport pins must be
re-inserted in the foot section.

Removing After the luffing jib has been rigged the transport pins are loaded.
transport pins

• Attach the pin catch boards on both sides.


• Relieve the transport pins by carefully
lowering or raising the boom, depending
on the boom position. Do not raise the
main boom too much as otherwise the
transport pins will be loaded in the other
direction.
• Remove the retaining pins from the pins.
• Drive the pins out of the bores (1) on both
sides of the foot section outward.
The pins fall into the receptacle.

• Insert the pins into the holdings (2) and secure them with retaining pins.
• Remove the boards for operation and transport.
18.02.2000

The foot section of the luffing jib can now be bent in this position when

s
raising.

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 43


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

Inserting After the luffing jib parts have been disassembled the luffing part of the
transport pins foot section is folded down and the bearing points are not aligned.

G
Risk of crushing when raising the luffing parts!
No person can be present near the folding parts when you lift the luffing
part of the foot section to fit the transport pins (e.g. on a ladder). This
prevents anyone getting crushed by the parts which are folding up.

• Attach the luffing part of the foot section


and lift it with an auxiliary crane until the
bearing points (3) are aligned.
• Remove the retaining pins from the pins.
• Remove the pins (2) on both sides of the
foot section from the holders (1), insert
them in the bores on the bearing points (3)
and secure them with retaining pins.
The foot section of the luffing jib is now
secured for transportation.

18.02.2000

6 - 44 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

6.6.12 Changing the lifting limit switch and anemometer

H A second lifting limit switch is supplied with the luffing jib. This lifting
limit switch functions only if you first lock the lifting limit switch on the
main boom.
You must release the locking system before operating the main boom
again.

Lifting limit • Remove the hoist limit switch weight.


switch locked to
main boom
• Remove the plastic cap from the holder (4)
on the lifting limit switch.
• Pull on the wire cable (3), in order to
release the lifting limit switch.
• Thread the cable into the plastic cap’s slit (2).
• Place the plastic cap on the base (1) of the
lifting limit switch and release the wire
cable.
The lifting limit switch is locked in this
position.

Changing the Remove the anemometer from the head of the main boom;
anemometer ➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Anemometer.
The anemometer (1) is fastened to an extend-
able holding rod (2). The holding rod has a
bore in both the upper and lower areas and
can thus be secured in two positions with a
locking pin (4) on the bush (3).

• Put the anemometer on the holding rod.


• Extend the holding rod and lock it in the
lower bore.
For transport you have to reinsert and secure
the holding rod and remove the anemometer.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 45
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

Connect the
lifting limit
switch and
anemometer
• Secure the lifting limit switch (2) on the
head section of the luffing jib.
• Screw the lifting limit switch’s connecting
plug onto the socket (3) of the distributing
box.
3
• Screw the anemometer’s connecting plug
1 onto the socket (1) of the distributing box.

2
C0824

18.02.2000

6 - 46 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

6.6.13 SLI connection

SLI connection The SLI connection cable is wound onto a cable drum in the head section.
cable For transportation the cable drum is secured with a spring pin (1).

• Remove the transport protection in front of


the connection. For this, pull out the spring
pin and tilt it into the lock.
To unreel the cable you can fold out the
2
crank (2).

• For operation and transportation secure


the drum with the spring pin.

1
C0869

Making SLI
connection

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket on


the cable drum.
• Remove the plug of the connecting cable
(3) from the dummy socket (1) on the head
3
2 of the boom extension.
• Unlock the cable drum.
• Unreel the connection cable (3) and pull it
1 through the boom extension to the left
side of the main boom head.
• Re-insert the plug (2) into the cable drum
socket.

C0826
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 47
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

• Attach the strain relief to the holder (1) on


the foot section.
2
• Insert the plug of the connection cable into
the socket (2) on the main boom head.
• Secure the cable drum.

Disconnecting
the SLI
connection

• Remove the plug of the connecting cable


from the socket on the head of the main
2 boom.
• Insert the short-circuit plug (2) into the
socket.
• Remove the strain relief from the holder (1).

C0870
18.02.2000

6 - 48 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

• Remove the plug (1) from the socket on


the cable drum.
• Unlock the cable drum.
• Wind the connecting cable.
• Insert the plug (2) of the connecting cable
into the dummy socket.
1
• Re-insert the contamination protection
plug (1) into the cable drum socket.
• Secure the cable drum.

C0829

6.6.14 Electric connection

Spring cable The electric cable is wound onto a spring cable drum in the foot section.
drum for electric Before you make the electric connection, you must first put the spring
connection cable drum in operating mode.
After disconnecting the electric connection you must put the spring cable
drum in operating mode again.

Transport condition:

– The spring cable drum is folded in and


secured into place with pins (1);
– The strain relief (2) is attached to the hook;
– The plug (3) is inserted in the dummy
socket.

1
2
3
C0827
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 49
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

Operating mode:

– The spring cable drum is folded out and


secured into place with pins (1);
– The strain relief is removed;
– The plug is withdrawn and the dummy
socket is closed.

C0830

Making the
electric
connection

S
Risk of damage from the connection cable springing back!
When you draw the connection cable to the main boom head you must
hold it fast until you have attached the strain relief.
Otherwise the spring tension of the spring cable drum may spring back
and this can cause damage to the connection cable, the holders or the
drum itself.

• Bring the spring cable drum into operating


position.
• Pull the cable on the strain relief up to the
7 main boom basic section.
• Put the holder (3) on the bar on the main
boom basic section and secure it with the
6
retaining pin.
5 • Place the strain relief (2) into the holder (3).
4
• Plug in the short circuit plug into the
2 3 dummy socket (7) on the main jib.
1 • Place the holders with the guide sheaves
(4), (5) and (6) on the prescribed bars on
the telescope sections and secure them
C0828 with the spring latches.
18.02.2000

• Plug in the plug of the connecting cable


into the socket (1) on the main boom basic section.

6 - 50 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

H When the connection has been made the fast speed for derricking and for
the auxiliary hoist is blocked.

Disconnecting
the electric
connection

S
Risk of damage from the connection cable springing back!
When you draw the connection cable to the cable drum you must hold it
fast until you have attached the strain relief.
Otherwise the spring tension of the spring cable drum may spring back
and this can cause damage to the connection cable, the holders or the
drum itself.

• Pull out the plug of the connecting cable


out of the socket (1) on the main boom
basic section.

7 • Release the spring latch and pull the


holders (4), (5) and (6) from the bars on the
telescope sections.
6
• Pull the holder (3) with the strain relief (2)
5 from the bar on the main boom basic
4 section.

3 • Lead the cable on the strain relief (2) back


2
to the cable drum. The spring cable drum
1 reels up the rope gently on its own.
• Attach the strain relief (2).
C0828 • Bring the spring cable drum into transport
position.
• Plug in the short circuit plug (7) into the

H
socket (1) on the main boom basic section.

If the short-circuit plug is not plugged into the socket, malfunctions will
occur during main boom or boom extension operation.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 51


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

6.6.15 Reeving the hoist rope

• Move the hoist rope forward. Place the hoist


rope on the rests (1) on the right hand side
1
of the luffing jib sections. The rope may not
lie in the rest (2) for the suspension bars.

C0871

• Release the retaining pin and remove the


rope holding rods (1) and (2).
• Open the spring pin and remove the rope
holding rod (3).

18.02.2000

6 - 52 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

• Place the hoist rope above the upper


sheave (1) and (viewed from the front)
above the bottom left sheave (2).
• Insert the rope holding rods (3), (4) and (5)
in the holders and secure them with the
retaining pins.

• Reeve the hoist rope. If you reeve the hoist


rope several times, observe the informa-
tion in the chapter in GMK 6300 Operating
manual, Reeve hoist rope.
Possible reeving methods; ➠ Possible reeving
methods on the luffing jib in this section.
• Secure the rope end clamp to the hook
block or the attachment plate (1) on the
head, depending on the reeving method.

1
C0874

• Check that the locking on the lifting limit switch has been lifted;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Lifting limit switch at the main boom.
• Attach the lifting limit switch weight and place it on the hoist rope;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Attach and fixing lifting limit switch weight.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 53
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

Possiblereeving The following reeving methods are possible on the luffing jib:
methods

3-pulley hook block


max. Load bearing capacity of the hook block: 80 t (176 370 lbs)
max. Lifting capacity with the GMK 6300:
for reeving 6 fall 66 t (145 505 lbs)
for reeving 5 fall 55 t (121 254 lbs)
for reeving 4 fall 44 t ( 97 003 lbs)

6 fall 5 fall 4 fall


1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2

1 2 3 1 2 1 3

C0875

1-pulley hook block


max. Load bearing capacity of the hook block: 35 t (77 160 lbs)
max. Lifting capacity with the GMK 6300:
for reeving 3 fall 32 t (70 548 lbs)
for reeving 2 fall 22 t (48 502 lbs)
for reeving 1 fall 11 t (24 251 lbs)

3 fall 2 fall
1 3 1
18.02.2000
26.06.2000

C0885

6 - 54 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

1 fall
1

Hook tackle
max. Load bearing capacity
of the hook tackle: 12 t (26 456 lbs)

max. Load bearing capacity


with the GMK 6300: 11 t (24 251 lbs)

C0886

S
Single reeving may cause danger of slack rope formation!
When working with system lengths of*) more than 80 m (262 ft) with
single reeving, always reeve the 35 t hook block or heavier hook blocks.
When using the lighter 12 t hook tackle with these system lengths, the
weight of the rear hoist cable will not be compensated and the rope will
go slack.

*)
System length = main boom length + length of lattice extension
18.02.2000
26.06.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 55


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

6.6.16 Telescoping with the luffing jib

When telescoping, releasing takes place only when there is no load on the
luffing jib and the main boom is raised to 82°. Exception: telescoping with
rigged 21 m luffing jib; ➠ p. 6-58.
Before telescoping you must switch to telescoping mode:
• Switch the Operating mode selector switch to position 1 for rigging.
The indicator lamp Rigging range lights up.
r • Select the function for unlocking the telescope section. To do this press in
. the Select locking/unlocking rocker switch at the top or move the rocker switch
into the central position and enter the desired telescope status in the Tele-
automism submenu; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions - Telescoping with
fully automatic control.
Indicator lamp Telescoping range lights up and indicator lamp Rigging range
q goes out. Telescoping mode is switched on.

Before you can telescope you must derrick the luffing jib in the telescope
range (1).

You are in the telescope range (1) when only the Telescope range indicator
q lamp lights up.
18.02.2000

If the indicator lamps Steepest position or Flattest postion also light up,
qp telescoping is blocked and you must derrick the luffing jib out of the
shutdown area; ➠ Shutting down steepest position and shutting down flattest
qn position in this section.

6 - 56 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

As soon as the luffing jib is in the telescope range, the crane control
j unlocks the telescope section and the red warning light Telescope section
unlocked lights up.

Now you can telescope out the main jib to the required fixed length and
lock it there.

S
The main boom may buckle during simultaneous rotation!
You must not rotate the superstructure whilst you telescope the main jib
with the rigged lattice extension. If you do rotate this at the same time,
there will be additional sideways forces on the unlocked telescope
section. This side load may become so large that the telescope section
becomes overloaded and buckles.

The telescoping gear is operated in the same way as the main boom;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions - Telescoping with fully automatic control.
When telescoping out let the auxiliary hoist rope become slack and reel
up the auxiliary hoist rope when telescoping in so that the luffing jib
remains in the telescope range.

If you leave the telescope range during telescoping a warning light will
also light up and crane functions will become blocked. There are two shut-
downs:
18.02.2000

– Shutdown flattest position (I)

s
– Shutdown steepest position (II)

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 57


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

Shutdown flattest position (I)


If the luffing jib leaves the bottom of the telescope range (1) during
qn telescoping, warning light Flattest position also lights up.

The crane control now blocks all movements which would lead the luffing
jib further into the shutdown area. These are the crane movements:
– lower auxiliary hoist and
– telescope in.
• Leave the shutdown are by lifting the auxiliary hoist and raising the
luffing jib back into the telescope range.
You have left the shutdown area when the warning lamp Flattest position
q goes out and the warning lamp Telescope range lights up.

Shutdown steepest position (II)


If the luffing jib leaves the top of the telescope range (1) during telescop-
qp ing, warning light Steepest position also lights up.

The crane control now locks all movements which would lead the luffing
jib further into the shutdown range. These are the crane movements:
– lift auxiliary hoist and
– telescope out.
• Leave the shutdown range by lowering the auxiliary hoist and lowering
the luffing jib back into the telescope range.
You have left the shutdown area when the warning lamp Steepest position
q goes out and the warning lamp Telescope range lights up.

Telescoping with With a rigged 21 m luffing jib, you have to telescope under a certain load
rigged 21 m to avoid slack on the auxiliary hoist. Before extending or retracting you
luffing jib have to lift a total load of about 1800 kg (3970 lbs) (e.g. the 80 t hook block
and an additional 600 kg (1500 lbs)).

This load is allowed by the SLI, do not override the SLI!


18.02.2000
26.06.2000

6 - 58 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

• Hoist the load up only a little above the ground.


• Extend the main boom to the required length and put down the load.
• Take up the load again before retracting.

G
Danger from slack when telescoping with the 21 m luffing jib!
Always hoist a load of about 1800 kg before you telescope the main
boom when using the 21 meter luffing jib.
Doing this will prevent backwards torque arising because of steep posi-
tioning during telescoping.
Telescope very slowly and watch to assure that no slack forms on the
auxiliary hoist rope drum.

6.6.17 Derricking luffing jib when rigging

The derricking of the luffing jib is released only when there is no load on
the luffing jib.

As long as the Operating mode selector switch is in position 1 for rigging, the
r indicator lamp Rigging range lights up and you can derrick the luffing jib
within the rigging range (1) with the auxiliary hoist. The auxiliary hoist is
operated in the same way as the main boom; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating
manual - Auxiliary hoist.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 59
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

H When the luffing jib is being operated the fast speed for the auxiliary
hoist is blocked.

If you leave the telescope range during telescoping a warning light will
also light up and crane functions become blocked. There are two
shutdowns:
– Shutdown flattest position (I)

H
– Shutdown steepest position (II)

The shutdowns in this section concern only the rigging condition of the
luffing jib (Operating mode selector switch in position 1).
In operating mode (Operating mode selector switch in position 2) the indica-
tor lamps monitor other areas; ➠ Operation with luffing jib – operating area
and shutdowns, p. 6-69.

Shutdown flattest position (I)


If you derrick the luffing jib out of the bottom of the rigging range,
rn warning lamp Flattest position lights up.

The crane control now locks all movements which would lead the luffing
jib further into the shutdown range. These are the crane movements:
– lower auxiliary hoist,
– raise and
– telescope in (the locking of the telescope sections is blocked).
• Leave this shutdown range by lifting the auxiliary hoist and raising the
luffing jib back into the rigging range.
You have left the shutdown area when the warning lamp Flattest position
r goes out and the indicator lamp Rigging range lights up.

Shutdown steepest position (II)


If you derrick the luffing jib out of the top of the rigging range, warning
rp lamp Steepest position lights up.

The crane control now locks all movements which would lead the luffing
jib further into the shutdown range. These are the crane movements:
– lift the auxiliary hoist,
– lower and
– telescope out.
18.02.2000

The lift auxiliary hoist crane movement is also blocked.

6 - 60 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

• Leave this shutdown range by lowering the auxiliary hoist and lowering
the luffing jib back into the operating range (telescope range).
You have left the shutdown area when the warning lamp Steepest position
r goes out and only indicator lamp Rigging range lights up.

6.6.18 Derricking main boom with installed luffing jib

H During operation with the luffing gear, fast speed is blocked.

The derricking gear is operated in the same way as the main jib;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Derricking gear. The prerequisites for
derricking depend on the range in which the main boom is to be derricked.

Derricking Derricking of the main boom with the installed luffing jib over the entire
between range (-1.5 to 82°) is only released if:
-1.5° to 82°

– the Operating mode-selector lever is in position 1 for Rigging and


– there is no load on the luffing jib and
2
1 – the main boom is completely retracted
0 (telescoping 0.0 / 0.0 / 0.0 / 0.0).

Derricking The derricking of the main boom with an installed luffing jib between 70°
between 70° and 82° is only released if:
and 82°

– the Operating mode-selector lever is in position 2 for Operation and


– there is no load on the luffing jib and
– the main boom is telescoped to a length which is permitted according
to the Lifting capacity table and
– the SLI code for this telescoping and a main boom angle of 70° has
C0814
18.02.2000

been entered.

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 61


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

6.6.19 Bringing the luffing jib into working position

If you want to bring the luffing jib into working position, you must raise
the main jib with the installed luffing jib and, if necessary, telescope and
derrick the luffing jib.
When doing this observe the information in chapters:
– Telescoping with the luffing jib, p. 6-56,
– Derricking main boom with installed luffing jib, ➠ p. 6-61,
– Derricking the luffing jib when rigging, ➠ p. 6-59.

Raising luffing jib • Start the crane engine.


• Set the current rigging mode with luffing jib on the SLI or enter the
corresponding SLI code.
• Switch the Operating mode selector switch to position 1 Rigging.
• Switch the auxiliary hoist on with the rocker switch Switch off auxiliary
C hoist.
• Reel up the hoist rope to raise the luffing
rm control arm. Raise the luffing control arm
far enough so that the indicator lamp
Luffing control arm raised lights up. When
this indicator lamp lights up, the auxiliary
hoist switches off.

C0876

• Raise the main boom slowly until the


rm suspension bars are tight.

C0877

When the suspension bars are tight you can


raise the luffing jib further up into working
position.

• For this raise the main boom until Current


main jib angle 82° can be seen on the SLI
18.02.2000

display.
rmn C0878

6 - 62 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

Now the luffing jib is raised and is at the lowest limit of the Operating area.

Telescoping to Telescoping with the luffing jib is possible only when the current main
a fixed length boom angle is 82°. If you have just worked with a main boom angle of
70° and want to telescope, you must first raise the main boom into an
82° position.

If, when operating with the luffing jib, you want to set a prescribed tele-
scope status according to the Lifting capacity table, you must first switch
to Telescope operation; ➠ Telescoping with the luffing jib, p. 6-56.

• Raise the luffing jib until only the indicator

q lamp Telescope range lights up. Reel up the


auxiliary hoist rope for this. Now the
luffing jib is in the Telescope range and the
telescope section is unlocked.

• Telescope the main boom to the pre-


scribed length according to the Lifting capa-
C0879
city table and lock the telescope sections.

Working position The luffing jib is in working position only when the main boom is raised
to 70° or 82°. At all other main boom angles, the derricking of the luffing
boom is blocked.

• If necessary derrick the luffing jib to the 70° position.


• Before you can work with the luffing jib you must put the Operating mode
selector switch in position 2 Operation.

C0814
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 63


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

6.6.20 Preparing the luffing jib for unrigging

If you want to unrig the luffing jib, you must telescope and derrick the
main boom with the installed luffing jib and derrick the luffing jib.
When doing this observe the information in chapters:
– Telescoping with the luffing jib, p. 6-56,
– Derricking main boom with installed luffing jib, ➠ p. 6-61,
– Derricking the luffing jib when rigging, ➠ p. 6-59.

• Put down the load.


• Raise the main boom angle to 82° if necessary.
When the main boom is telescoped, you

q must telescope it in.


• Derrick the luffing jib into the telescope
range.
• Telescope the main boom in completely
and lock the telescope section.

C0880

• After retracting, move the operating mode selector switch to position 2


Operation.

C0814

• Lower the luffing jib until the indicator


lamp Flattest position lights up. Lowering is
now switched off.

no C0881
18.02.2000

6 - 64 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

• Switch the Operating mode selector switch to position 1 Rigging.

2
1
0

The warning lamp Flattest position goes out.

• Lower the main boom until the sheaves on


the head reach the ground.
• Let the auxiliary hoist rope go slowly so
the luffing control arm is roughly vertical
or slightly inclined to the front.

S
Danger from uncontrolled luffing control arm folding!
Make sure that the luffing control arm is roughly vertical or slightly in-
clined to the front before you lower the boom further. This will prevent
that, in the most unfavourable case, the luffing control arm gets stuck in
its position because of a condition of equilibrium, the auxiliary hoist rope
sags and the luffing control arm falls suddenly and unchecked forwards
into the auxiliary hoist rope or backwards to the backstop.

• Lower the boom further. Make sure that


the luffing control arm remains inclined to-
wards the front. If necessary ease off the
auxiliary hoist rope.
When the angle for the Steepest position
warning lamp is reached when lowering the
boom, the warning lamp lights up and lower-
ing is switched off.

• Lower the luffing control arm until it is on

rp the rigging supports. Unreel the auxiliary


hoist rope for this.
The indicator lamp Luffing control arm raised
goes out. The warning light Steepest position
remains lit.
18.02.2000

C0884

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 65
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.6 Description of rigging work

Now the lowering is released again.

• Lower the main boom further to remove the luffing jib.

G
Risk of accidents owing to the main boom being lowered too far!
At the most, lower the main boom so that the locking pin positions for the
transport pins align with one another. This position can be exceeded when
lowering the boom to the horizontal position, especially with long luffing
jibs. The bendable part of the foot section is pressed against the fixed part;
this causes tension. This tension is released when the pins are driven out;
the unexpected slippage of the luffing jib can injure you or others.

The luffing jib is prepared for unrigging.

18.02.2000

6 - 66 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.7 Operation with the luffing jib

6.7 Operation with the luffing jib


Operation of the luffing jib is released only from the crane controls and
SLI if:
– the main boom is raised to 70° or 82° and
– the Operating mode selector switch is in position 2 for operation and
– a permitted telescoping status according to the Lifting capacity table is
set and the telescope sections are locked.

S
Risk of overturning with too high wind speeds!
If the maximum permissible wind speed according to the Lifting capacity
table is reached you must put down the load.
Observe the information in section Effect of wind when operating with the
luffing jib (further on in this chapter) and, if necessary, lower the luffing jib.

S
The main boom may buckle!
Accelerate and brake the crane movements in such a way that the load
does not sway.

S
Risk of overturning due to overloading!
During operation with the luffing jib, the telescopic swing-away lattice
may not be folded to the side on the main boom. The weight will not be
taken into account by the SLI, which means there is a danger overturning!

G
Danger of accident from unchecked hoisted hook block!
Move at a very low hoist speed if you have only a light hook block or a
small load hanging on a long luffing jib.
You thus prevent the hook blocks being raised unchecked and the lower
head sheave or hoist rope becoming damaged because of kinetic energy
in the backward main hoist rope whilst braking the main hoist.

S
Single reeving may cause danger of slack rope formation!
When working with system lengths of*) more than 80 m (262 ft) with
single reeving, always reeve the 35 t hook block or heavier hook blocks.
When using the lighter 12 t hook tackle with these system lengths, the
weight of the rear hoist cable will not be compensated and the rope will
go slack.

*)
System length = main boom length + length of lattice extension
18.02.2000
26.06.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 67
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.7 Operation with the luffing jib

G
Danger from slack when operating with the 21 m luffing jib!
Always operate the 21 m luffing jib with the 80 t hook block (weight ap-
prox. 1200 kg) and lower this as far as possible if no load is being hoisted.
In this way, you counteract the backwards torque of the multiple-reeved
auxiliary hoist rope which, in a steep position, especially with the multi-
ple-telescoped main boom, can lead to slack on the auxiliary hoist rope
drum.
Move the auxiliary hoisting gear very slowly and watch to assure that no
slack forms on the the auxiliary hoist rope drum.

Crane movements When operating the luffing jib all crane movements are controlled the
same as when operating the main boom. Some crane movements for
operating the luffing jib are blocked from the crane controls.

Released crane movements Blocked crane movements

– Lifting/lowering the main hoist – Telescoping out/in

– Lifting/lowering auxiliary hoist – Lowering/raising the main jib


(for lowering/raising the luffing
jib)

H
– Slewing

Derricking the main boom is normally blocked. If the main boom leaves
the 70° or 82° position during operation with the luffing jib, the crane con-
trols release the derricking in the direction in which the main boom must
be derricked in order to reach the required 70° or 82° position again. If this
position is reached again, the crane controls block the derricking again.

The working speeds for the crane movements are limited to a maximum
ü of 70 %. You can further reduce the working speeds by inputting the
desired working speed between 0 and 70 % in the Input power unit speeds
display; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Enter driving gear speed.

If there is an overload, the SLI blocks load-increasing crane movements;


➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - SLI shut down.
If you derrick the luffing jib out of the permitted working area, the crane
control switches off all movements which would move the luffing jib
further out of this area. The working area and the shutdowns are de-
scribed in more detail in the following section.
18.02.2000

6 - 68 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.7 Operation with the luffing jib

Working range Operation with the luffing jib is released only for a certain working area.
and shutdowns

As long as the Operating mode selector switch is in position 2 for Operation


o the indicator lamp Operating area lights up and you can derrick the luffing
jib within the operating area (1) with the auxiliary hoist.
The auxiliary hoist is operated in the same way as the main boom;

H
➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Auxiliary hoist.
When the luffing jib is being operated the fast speed for the auxiliary
hoist is blocked.

If you leave the operating area range during derricking, a warning light
will also light up and crane functions become blocked. There are two
shutdowns:
– Shutdown flattest position (I)

H
– Shutdown steepest position (II)

The following shutdowns concern only the Operating condition of the


luffing jib (Operating mode selector switch in position 2).
In rigging mode (Operating mode selector switch in position 1) the indicator
lamps monitor other areas; ➠ Derricking the luffing jib when rigging,
p. 6-59 and Telescoping with the luffing jib, p. 6-63.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 69
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.7 Operation with the luffing jib

Shutdown flattest position (I)


If you derrick the luffing jib out of the bottom of the operating area (1), the
on warning light Flattest position also lights up.

The crane control now locks all movements which would lead the luffing
jib further into the shutdown range. These are the crane movements:
– lower auxiliary hoist and
– raise the main boom.
• Leave the shutdown range by lifting the auxiliary hoist and raising the
luffing jib back into the operating range.
You have left the shutdown area when the warning lamp Flattest position
o goes out and only the warning lamp Telescope range lights up again.

Shutdown steepest position (II)


If you derrick the luffing jib out of the top of the operating area (1), the
qp warning light Steepest position also lights up.

The crane control now locks all movements which would lead the luffing
jib further into the shutdown range. These are the crane movements:
– lift auxiliary hoist and
– lower main boom.
• Leave this shutdown area by lowering the auxiliary hoist and thus also
lowering the luffing jib back into the operating range.
You have left the shutdown area when the warning lamp Steepest position
o goes out and the indicator lamp Operating area lights up again.

SLI shutdown

During overload the SLI switches off and warning lights SLI early warning
xw and SLI shutdown both light up on the plug-in module of the SLI.
The SLI switches off all movements which increase the load moment,
i.e. crane movements:
– lower auxiliary hoist,
– lift main hoist.
• Leave the shutdown area by raising the luffing jib (lift auxiliary hoist).
Lower the load for this if necessary.
Further information for operating the SLI; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating instruc-
tions - Operation of the safe load indicator.
18.02.2000

6 - 70 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.7 Operation with the luffing jib

Effect of wind Strong winds can overstrain the truck crane. You can find the maximum
when operating permissible wind speeds for the respective rigging modes in the Lifting
with the luffing capacity table. Also observe the information in the section GMK 6300 Operating
jib manual - Effects of wind on crane operation.

G
Risk of accidents if the wind speed is too great!
If the wind exceeds the maximum permissible values in the Lifting capacity
table, crane operation must be stopped and the truck crane must be
brought to the rigging mode which the following table prescribes. This
also applies when the wind surfaces of the load is smaller than the per-
missible specific wind surfaces Aper;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Effect of wind on crane operation - permissible
wind load.
There is no automatic shutdown.

If the maximum wind speed according to the lifting capacity table is


exceeded, proceed as follows:

for wind speeds for wind speeds


up to 20 m/s (65 ft/s) over 20 m/s (65 ft/s)
Put down the load. Put down the load.

Retract main boom completely. Retract main boom completely.

Rotate the superstructure in such a Rotate the superstructure towards


way, that the main boom and the the rear (0° position) and lock the
luffing jib offer the wind as little superstructure.
surface as possible.

Lower the luffing jib until the


sheave at the head touches the
ground.
18.02.2000
26.06.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 71


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.7 Operation with the luffing jib

Blank page

18.02.2000

6 - 72 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.8 Driving with rigged crane and luffing jib

6.8 Driving with rigged crane and luffing jib


This section describes moving the truck crane with an installed counter-

H
weight and rigged luffing jib.

If the truck crane is equipped with separate steering, Deutsche GROVE


GmbH recommends switching to separate steering when driving on the
construction site at low speeds or when steering at a standstill on the
construction site.

G
Risk of accidents!
It is forbidden to move the truck crane with a suspended load.
Put the load down before you move the truck crane.
Secure the hook block so that it cannot swing.

G
Risk of overturning!
Before a rigged crane can be driven the superstructure must be locked
and the slewing gear permanent brake must be engaged.

G
Risk of accident if the truck crane is not completely visible!
While driving the equipped truck crane, always stay in visual or radio
contact with a banksman who additionally observes the parts which you
cannot see (e.g. the raised boom when the superstructure is rotated to
the rear).
In this way you prevent accidents resulting from collisions with persons,
other construction equipment, ledges of buildings, cables or other objects.

6.8.1 Driving route

The route must be a flat, even surface. The level adjustment system can-
not compensate for uneven surfaces. If the surface pressure of the tires
exceeds the permissible load on the ground, the surface pressure must be
increased using packing made of durable material (e.g. wooden planks).

S
Risk of damage to tyres!
Release no air from the tyres. Do not reduce tyre pressure!
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 73


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.8 Driving with rigged crane and luffing jib

6.8.2 Position of the boom

The truck crane may only be moved if certain conditions are met. The
boom may have to be moved to a specified position, depending on the
counterweight mounted.

S
Damage may occur to the axle lines!
Always move the boom to the prescribed position before you move the
rigged truck crane. The permitted load on the axle lines will be exceeded
if the boom is in a position which deviates from the prescribed position.

When the main boom is completely retracted

• Set the appropriate SLI code for the rigging mode on the safe load
11== indicator. The SLI codes are found in the Lifting capacity table.
• Move the main boom and the luffing jib into the prescribed position.

H
The prescribed boom position can be found in the following tables.

If the SLI shuts down the lowering of the boom before the boom has
reached the prescribed position, you must switch the Operating mode selec-
tor lever to position 1 for rigging.

G
Risk of accidents if SLI is overridden!
Always set the SLI rigging code when you want to lower the retracted
main boom to under 70°. Do not override the SLI; if the SLI is overridden,
the truck crane works without overload protection!

If the main boom is extended

• Move the main boom and the main jib into the prescribed position.
The prescribed boom position can be found in the following tables.
When the main boom is extended, the SLI releases the lowering of the
boom only to 70°. If you must lower the main boom further in order to
reach the boom positions prescribed in the following tables, you must
override the SLI; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions - SLI override.

S
Risk of accidents if SLI is overridden!
Only override the SLI if it is absolutely necessary to override it. The truck
crane safe load indicator does not function when the SLI is overridden!
18.02.2000

6 - 74 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.8 Driving with rigged crane and luffing jib

21 m luffing The following table is only valid for a 21 m luffing jib. There are extra
jib tables for other boom extension lengths in this section.

Counter- Telescoping Angle Angle Main Axle load 2) Axle load 2)


weight Tele. of the of the boom in t x 1000 lbs
in t I/II/III/IV main luffing position1)
(lbs) boom jib in °
in ° front rear front rear

36 1.0 / 0 / 0 / 0 45 45 front 19,0 21,0 41.9 46.3


(79 400)
0/0/0/0 82 10 rear 13,5 23,5 29.8 51.8

50 1.0 / 0 / 0 / 0 40 40 front 16,5 25,5 36.4 56.2


(110 200)
0/0/0/0 82 10 rear 17,0 25,5 37.5 56.2

80 1.0 / 1.0 / 1.0 / 0 40 40 front 27,0 28,0 59.5 61.7


(176 400) not permissible
– – – rear

100
not permissible
(220 500)

1)
Rearward boom position = 0° position, boom over
truck crane rear edge
Forward boom position = 180° position, boom over
driver’s cab
2)
Axle load front: on the first and second axle lines, respectively
rear: on the third, fourth, fifth and sixth axle lines,

H
respectively.

The axle loads specified refer to a driving mode with the basic unit
including the 80 t hook block.
18.02.2000
26.06.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 75
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.8 Driving with rigged crane and luffing jib

29 m luffing The following table is only valid for a 29 m luffing jib. There are extra
jib tables for other boom extension lengths in this section.

Counter- Telescoping Angle Angle Main Axle load 2) Axle load 2)


weight Tele. of the of the boom in t x 1000 lbs
in t I/II/III/IV main luffing position1)
(lbs) boom jib in °
in ° front rear front rear

36 0.5 / 0 / 0 / 0 40 45 front 17,0 22,0 37.5 48.5


(79 400)
0/0/0/0 82 10 rear 12,5 24,5 27.6 54.0

50 1.0 / 0 / 0 / 0 40 40 front 20,5 24,0 45.2 52.9


(110 200)
0/0/0/0 82 10 rear 16,0 26,0 35.3 57.3

80 1.0 / 1.0 / 0.5 / 0 40 40 front 28,0 27,5 61.7 60.6


(176 400)
– – – rear not permissible

100
not permissible
(220 500)

1)
Rearward boom position = 0° position, boom over
truck crane rear edge
Forward boom position = 180° position, boom over
driver’s cab
2)
Axle load front: on the first and second axle lines, respectively
rear: on the third, fourth, fifth and sixth axle lines,

H
respectively.

The axle loads specified refer to a driving mode with the basic unit
including the 80 t hook block.
18.02.2000
26.06.2000

6 - 76 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.8 Driving with rigged crane and luffing jib

37 m luffing The following table is only valid for a 37 m luffing jib. There are extra
jib tables for other boom extension lengths in this section.

Counter- Telescoping Angle Angle Main Axle load 2) Axle load 2)


weight Tele. of the of the boom in t x 1000 lbs
in t I/II/III/IV main luffing position1)
(lbs) boom jib in °
in ° front rear front rear

36 0.5 / 0 / 0 / 0 45 45 front 19,0 21,5 41.9 47.4


(79 400)
0/0/0/0 82 10 rear 11,5 25,0 25.3 55.1

50 1.0 / 0 / 0 / 0 45 45 front 22,0 23,5 48.5 51.8


(110 200)
0/0/0/0 82 10 rear 15,0 27,0 33.1 59.5

80 1.0 / 1.0 / 0 / 0 40 40 front 28,0 28,0 61.7 61.7


(176 400) not permissible
– – – rear

100
not permissible
(220 500)

1)
Rearward boom position = 0° position, boom over
truck crane rear edge
Forward boom position = 180° position, boom over
driver’s cab
2)
Axle load front: on the first and second axle lines, respectively
rear: on the third, fourth, fifth and sixth axle lines,

H
respectively.

The axle loads specified refer to a driving mode with the basic unit
including the 35 t hook block.
18.02.2000
26.06.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 77
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.8 Driving with rigged crane and luffing jib

45 m luffing The following table is only valid for a 45 m luffing jib. There are extra
jib tables for other boom extension lengths in this section.

Counter- Telescoping Angle Angle Main Axle load 2) Axle load 2)


weight Tele. of the of the boom in t x 1000 lbs
in t I/II/III/IV main luffing position1)
(lbs) boom jib in °
in ° front rear front rear

36 0/0/0/0 40 40 front 16,5 22,0 36.4 48.5


(79 400)
0/0/0/0 82 10 rear 10,0 26,0 22.0 57.3

50 0.5 / 0 / 0 / 0 40 40 front 21,0 24,0 46.3 52.9


(110 200)
0/0/0/0 82 10 rear 13,5 28,0 29.8 61.7

80 1.0 / 1.0 / 0 / 0 47 40 front 28,0 28,0 61.7 61.7


(176 400)
– – – rear not permissible

100
not permissible
(220 500)

1)
Rearward boom position = 0° position, boom over
truck crane rear edge
Forward boom position = 180° position, boom over
driver’s cab
2)
Axle load front: on the first and second axle lines, respectively
rear: on the third, fourth, fifth and sixth axle lines,

H
respectively.

The axle loads specified refer to a driving mode with the basic unit
including the 35 t hook block.
18.02.2000
26.06.2000

6 - 78 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.8 Driving with rigged crane and luffing jib

53 m luffing The following table is only valid for a 53 m luffing jib. There are extra
jib tables for other boom extension lengths in this section.

Counter- Telescoping Angle Angle Main Axle load 2) Axle load 2)


weight Tele. of the of the boom in t x 1000 lbs
in t I/II/III/IV main luffing position1)
(lbs) boom jib in °
in ° front rear front rear

36 0/0/0/0 40 40 front 21,0 20,5 46.3 45.2


(79 400)
0/0/0/0 82 10 rear 8,5 27,0 18.7 59.5

50 0.5 / 0 / 0 / 0 45 45 front 23,0 23,5 50.7 51.8


(110 200)
0/0/0/0 82 10 rear 12,5 28,0 27.6 61.7

80 1.0 / 0.5 / 0 / 0 45 45 front 27,5 28,0 60.6 61.7


(176 400)
– – – rear not permissible

100
not permissible
(220 500)

1)
Rearward boom position = 0° position, boom over
truck crane rear edge
Forward boom position = 180° position, boom over
driver’s cab
2)
Axle load front: on the first and second axle lines, respectively
rear: on the third, fourth, fifth and sixth axle lines,

H
respectively.

The axle loads specified refer to a driving mode with the basic unit
including the 35 t hook block.
18.02.2000
26.06.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 79
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.8 Driving with rigged crane and luffing jib

61 m luffing The following table is only valid for a 61 m luffing jib. There are extra
jib tables for other boom extension lengths in this section.

Counter- Telescoping Angle Angle Main Axle load 2) Axle load 2)


weight Tele. of the of the boom in t x 1000 lbs
in t I/II/III/IV main luffing position1)
(lbs) boom jib in °
in ° front rear front rear

36 0/0/0/0 50 50 front 22,0 20,5 48.5 45.2


(79 400)
0/0/0/0 82 10 rear 7,5 27,5 16.5 60.67

50 0/0/0/0 40 40 front 20,5 24,5 45.2 54.0


(110 200) not permissible
– – – rear

80 1.0 / 0 / 0 / 0 42 42 front 28,0 28,0 61.7 61.7


(176 400) not permissible
– – – rear

100
not permissible
(220 500)

1)
Rearward boom position = 0° position, boom over
truck crane rear edge
Forward boom position = 180° position, boom over
driver’s cab
2)
Axle load front: on the first and second axle lines, respectively
rear: on the third, fourth, fifth and sixth axle lines,

H
respectively.

The axle loads specified refer to a driving mode with the basic unit
including the 35 t hook block.
18.02.2000
26.06.2000

6 - 80 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.8 Driving with rigged crane and luffing jib

6.8.3 Driving the rigged truck crane

Locking the Before the truck crane is moved, the superstructure must be locked to the
superstructure carrier; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Mechanical superstructure lock.
and engaging the
slewing gear
permanent brake
• Lock the superstructure; the indicator lamp Superstructure locked must
! illuminate.
• Apply the slewing gear permanent brake and hence switch off the
Y slewing gear Slewing function to prevent inadvertent operation.
To do this, push down the Slewing gear permanent brake rocker switch.
The Slewing gear permanent brake indicator lamp lights up when the

H
slewing gear permanent brake is applied.

If the crane engine stops the slewing gear permanent brake is auto-
matically applied.

Retracting the • Retract the outrigger cylinders until the wheels are just above the
outrigger ground.

G
Risk of overturning!
Take care that the truck crane does not overturn when the outriggers are
being retracted!
Retract all the outrigger cylinders as uniformly as possible!

Switching over
the suspension
locking system
• Switch the suspension locking system off. Push up the Suspension locking
u system rocker switch. The Suspension locking system indicator lamp must
go out.
• Retract the outrigger cylinders until the truck crane is approximately at
on-the-road level.
• Activate the suspension locking system again. To do this push down
the Suspension locking system rocker switch. The Suspension locking system
indicator lamp lights up when the suspension system is locked.
• Continue to retract the outrigger cylinders.

G
Risk of overturning!
To reduce the risk of the crane overturning do not raise the outrigger pads
18.02.2000
26.06.2000

more than 5 to 10 cm (2 to 4 inch) off the ground. Leave the outrigger beams
extended.

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 81
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.8 Driving with rigged crane and luffing jib

S
Risk of damage to tyres!
Check the pressure in the tyres before the rigged truck crane is moved!
The truck crane may be moved only if tyre pressures are at the prescribed
levels; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions - Checking tyres. Do not reduce
the tyre pressure!

S
Damage may occur to steering linkage!
Only turn the wheel when the vehicle is moving. The steering linkage can
be damaged if the steering is turned when the vehicle is stationary.

H The wind speed must be checked before the rigged truck crane is moved!
The same maximum permissible wind speeds apply as when working
with the crane; ➠ GMK 6300 operating manual - Effect of wind on crane opera-
tion.

• Before driving the truck crane, switch the transfer case to the off-the-
road gear; ➠ GMK 6300 operating manual - Off-road gear.
• Switch on driving range 1; ➠ GMK 6300 operating manual - Driving range
of the automatic transmission.
• Drive at only a very low speed!
• The turning radius should be as large as possible when turning corners!
• Steer the truck crane only when the vehicle is in motion and avoid
sudden steering movements!
When the surface is uneven the truck crane must be raised with the out-
rigger cylinders, horizontally aligned and then re-lowered; ➠ Retracting
outriggers, p. 5-38 and Switching over suspension locking system, p. 3-75.

Extending the The truck crane must be on outriggers before beginning work with the
outriggers crane; ➠ GMK 6300 operating manual - Outrigger.

G
Risk of overturning!
The truck crane must be raised until no wheels touch the ground!
18.02.2000

6 - 82 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.8 Driving with rigged crane and luffing jib

6.8.4 Luffing jib malfunctions

Malfunction Cause Action

The permitted crane move- Operating mode selector switch is Switch Operating mode selector
ments can not be carried out. in position 0 for operation switch to position 1 or 2 for
All indicator and warning with the main boom or boom rigging or operation with
lamps for the luffing jib are extension. luffing jib.
flashing.

The main boom can not be Operating mode selector switch is Put Operating mode selector
telescoped even though the in position 2 for operation switch in position 1 for rigging.
luffing jib is in the telescope with the luffing jib.
range.

Lifting load not possible even Operating mode selector switch is Put Operating mode selector
though the luffing jib is in the in position 1 for rigging the switch in position 2 for
operating area. luffing jib. operation.

No display on the luffing jib’s Connecting cable for Make E-connection;


indicator and warning lamps. E-connection at the front on ➠ Making electrical connection,
the right side of the main p. 6-50.
boom is not inserted or is
loose.

Connecting cable for


E-connection at the rear on
the right side of the main
boom is not inserted or is
loose.
When unrigging, the main The foot section is already Place the luffing control arm
boom can not be lowered any folded up so far that the on the foot section with the
more even though the shea- switching point for the auxiliary hoist until the
ves on the luffing jib’s head steepest position has been indicator lamp Luffing control
section are already touching reached. arm raised goes out and the
the ground and the suspen- lowering is released again.
sion bars are slack.

Lifting limit switch on the Lifting limit switch on the Lock lifting limit switch on the
head does not function main boom is not locked main boom; ➠ Lifting limit
switch and anemometer locking
the lifting limit switch on the
main boom, p. 6-45.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 83


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.8 Driving with rigged crane and luffing jib

Blank page

18.02.2000

6 - 84 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.9 Maintenance plans

H
6.9 Maintenance plans

All general notes, safety rules and information on environmental protec-


tion contained in the Maintenance manual of the GMK 6300, Chapters 1
and 2, apply when carrying out this maintenance work. In addition, the
following maintenance plans apply to the maintenance plans of the same
name in the Maintenance manual of the GMK 6300.
The same abbreviations used in the Maintenance manual of the GMK 6300
(for example, Bh = hours of operation).

6.9.1 Maintenance plan M 1: monthly / after 100 Bh

M1
Maintenance work on the superstructure: monthly / after 100 Bh Oil / lubricant

Amount (l)/ Designation


Number

Luffing jib (additional equipment)


– Lubricating the fall-back guard; ➠ 6.11.1, p. 6-89. 1 K
– Lubricating connecting pins; ➠ 6.11.2, p. 6-89. 2 K

6.9.2 Maintenance plan M 6: monthly / after 500 Bh

M6
Maintenance work on the superstructure: Oil / lubricant
every six months / after 500 Bh Amount (l)/ Designation
Number

Luffing jib (additional equipment)


– Check pressure of nitrogen and oil in backstop; 1 G2
➠ 6.11.3, p. 6-90.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 85


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.9 Maintenance plans

Blank page

18.02.2000

6 - 86 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.10 Lubricant table

H
6.10 Lubricant table

The lubricants listed in the following table are to be used in the mainte-
nance of the luffing jib. If the table of lubricants in the Maintenance manual
of the GMK 6300 contains other lubricants under the same designation,
use only those lubricants in this table for the luffing jib.

Designa- Lubricating Type of Designation Specification Lubricant type


tion point lubrication in acc. with Classification Viscosity range
DIN 51502

hydraulic
G2 oil quantity H-LP DIN 51524 T.2 ISO-VG 32
system

use for repairs


K bearings KP - L2K DIN 51825
with grease
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 87


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.10 Lubricant table

Blank page

18.02.2000

6 - 88 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.11 Maintenance work

6.11 Maintenance work

6.11.1 Lubricating the fall-back guard M1

On the foot section, a lubricating nipple in


the pivot point of the fall-back guard is to be
lubricated.

• Clean the lubricating nipple (1) and lubri-


cate it with a grease gun.
• Use lubricating grease a indicated in the
Maintenance plan, p. 6-85.
• Move the fall-back guard so that the
grease is evenly distributed.

6.11.2 Lubricating connecting pins M1

One lubricating nipple on the connecting pins on the left and right sides
of the foot section is to be lubricated.

• Clean the lubricating nipple (1) and lubri-


cate it with a grease gun.
• Use lubricating grease a indicated in the
Maintenance plan, p. 6-85.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 89


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.11 Maintenance work

6.11.3 Checking the nitrogen and oil pressure in the M6


backstop

The backstop is installed in the foot section of the luffing jib. There is a
nitrogen and an oil reservoir in the backstop. The foot section with the
backstop must be in transport position to check the nitrogen and oil
pressure (➠ Operating instructions, chapter Luffing jib, section Installation/
removal of the foot section.

G
Risk of accidents!
Never attempt to dismantle the backstop!
The backstop cylinder is under pressure even when the cylinder is
extended completely!
Only have repair work carried out by properly qualified personnel.

G
Risk of accidents!
The gas pressure test must be carried out only by an authorized approved
inspector of pressure tanks or under his supervision or instructions.

Test connections • The connection for checking the nitrogen pressure (1) is located on the
piston rod of the backstop (2).
• The connection for checking the oil pressure (3) is located at the piston
head of the backstop.

18.02.2000

6 - 90 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.11 Maintenance work

H Check the nitrogen pressure and the oil pressure in the backstop simulta-
neously. The two maintenance tasks are described separately only for
reasons of clarity.

Nitrogen pressure

• Use the supplied test manometer to check


the nitrogen pressure in the backstop.
• Remove the seal (1) from the cap nut in the
middle of the test connection and unscrew
the cap nut (2).

• Screw the test manometer onto the test


connection.
• Open the test connection valve. To do this
unscrew the sealing screw (1) anticlock-
wise with a torque wrench.
• Read the nitrogen pressure on the test
manometer. The pressure measured must
correspond to the values specified in the
following table:
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 91
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.11 Maintenance work

Temperature (°C) Gas pressure (bar)

-40 °C 31

-20 °C 33.5

0 °C 36

20 °C 39

40 °C 41.5

If the nitrogen pressure is too low:

• Observe the following instructions for increasing the nitrogen pressure,


i.e. filling with nitrogen.

G
Risk of explosion!
Fill the nitrogen reservoir with nitrogen only!
Do not use any other gas!

• Close the valve of the test connection by tightening the sealing screw
anticlockwise with a torque wrench.

S
Danger when nitrogen bottle pressure is too high!
Install a pressure reducing valve if the pressure in the nitrogen bottle is
greater than the permissible operating overpressure in the nitrogen reser-
voir (see model plate of backstop). Screw the pressure reducing valve
onto the nitrogen bottle connection.

• Connect the filling hose to the nitrogen bott-


le and to the test manometer connection
(1).
If the connection (size W24,32x1/14") to the
filling hose does not fit:
• Use an adapter.
• Bleed the filling hose. To do this, open the
relief valve (3) and the valve at the nitro-
gen bottle for about 10 seconds.
• Close both these valves and open the
valve of the test connection by unscrewing
the sealing screw (1) anticlockwise with a
torque wrench.
18.02.2000

6 - 92 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.11 Maintenance work

• Open the nitrogen bottle slowly and read off the pressure on the test
manometer. The pressure must correspond to the nitrogen filling pres-
sure specified in the table above.
• Close the nitrogen bottle.
• Check the nitrogen pressure again after about 5 minutes. After this
interval temperature equalization has occurred and the pressure will
no longer alter.
If the nitrogen pressure is still too low:

• Fill more nitrogen.


• Also check the pressure in the oil reservoir using the oil pressure test
manometer (➠ section Oil pressure in this chapter). The pressure in the
oil reservoir and the pressure in the nitrogen reservoir must be equal to
the nitrogen filling pressure.
• Close the test connection valve. To do this tighten the sealing screw (2)
clockwise with a torque wrench.
• Depressurize the manometer by opening the relief valve (3) and
unscrewing the manometer.
• Screw the cap nut back on and seal it.

Oil pressure

• Use the supplied hydraulic test manometer


to check the oil pressure in the backstop.
• Loosen the hexagon screw (1) of the cap
(2) and remove it.
If the cap is secured with welding points:

• Remove the welding points.


• Unscrew the knurled sealing nut from the
oil reservoir test connection.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 6 - 93
GMK 6300
Luffing jib
6.11 Maintenance work

• Screw the test manometer (1) onto the test


connection.
• Read off the oil pressure. The pressure
measured must correspond to the nitrogen
filling pressure specified in the table above.
If the oil pressure is too low:

• Observe the following instructions for in-


creasing the oil pressure, i.e. filling with oil.
• Use a conventional portable hydraulic
pump for filling. It is not included in the
scope of delivery.
Only use hydraulic oil as specified in the
Maintenance plan, p. 6-85.

S
Danger when operating pressure is too high!
Do not exceed the operating overpressure in the nitrogen reservoir.
Check the pressure in the nitrogen reservoir before increasing the oil
pressure.

• Unscrew the test manometer from the oil reservoir test connection.
• Use a hose to connect the test connection to the pressure connection of
the hydraulic pump. Before connecting the hose, fill it with hydraulic oil.
This prevents air from getting into the oil reservoir.
• Pump in hydraulic oil until the pressure in the oil reservoir corresponds
to the nitrogen filling pressure. For the intermediate pressure measure-
ment which is required, the hose must be removed from the test con-
nection and the test manometer screwed on.
• Finally, check the oil pressure at the test manometer and also check the
pressure in the nitrogen reservoir at the test manometer (see previous
section). The pressure in the oil reservoir and the pressure in the nitro-
gen reservoir must be equal to the nitrogen filling pressure.
• Unscrew the test manometer.
• Close the test connection by screwing on the knurled screw plug and
installing the locking ring at the screw plug.
• Put the cap on and tighten the hexagon screw.
18.02.2000

6 - 94 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
_______________________________________________________________________________________ 7
7 Heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 1
7.1 Components and identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 1
7.2 Combination possibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 3
7.3 Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 5
7.4 Rigging the heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 7
7.4.1 CHECKLIST: Rigging the heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 7
7.4.2 CHECKLIST: Unrigging the heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 9
7.5 Description of rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 11
7.5.1 Truck crane rigging mode during installation of the heavy load lattice
extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 11
7.5.2 Handling the pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 12
7.5.3 Installing/removing heavy load lattice extension sections . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 12
7.5.4 Angle piece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 15
7.5.5 Changing the lifting limit switch and anemometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 17
7.5.6 SLI Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 18
7.5.7 Reeving the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 21
7.6 Operation with the heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 25
7.6.1 Crane movements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 26
7.7 Turning loads with the heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 29
7.8 Driving with rigged crane and heavy load lattice extension installed 7 - 33
7.8.1 Driving route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 33
7.8.2 Position of the boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 34
7.8.3 Driving the rigged crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 37
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en


GMK 6300
18.02.2000

2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.1 Components and identification

7 Heavy load lattice extension

7.1 Components and identification

The heavy load lattice extension may only be operated together with a
GROVE GMK 6300 truck crane whose serial number is identical with the
serial numbers that are marked on all parts from which the heavy load
lattice extension has been assembled.

The heavy load lattice extension is assembled from the folowing


components:

– from the 1 m section (1)


– the boom extension angle piece,
– the head of the boom extension or the
luffing jib.

The serial number (1) of the 1 m section is


on the right at the rear of the grille frame.

You can find the position of the serial


numbers on the other parts in the Operating
manual for the GMK 6300.

Two different combination lengths of 3,5 and 7 m can be assembled from


these components. Head and angle piece are identical with the parts of
the boom extension or, as the case may be, the luffing jib; ➠ Combination
possibilities, p. 7-3.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7-1


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.1 Components and identification

Blank page

18.02.2000

7-2 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.2 Combination possibilities

7.2 Combination possibilities


The separate components of the heavy load lattice extension can be
assembled in two different versions.

3,5 m (11.5 ft)

1m Head
part
(3.3 ft)

7 m (23.0 ft)

1m Angle piece Head


part
(3.3 ft)
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7-3


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.2 Combination possibilities

Blank page

18.02.2000

7-4 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.3 Slinging points

7.3 Slinging points

G
The slinging points of all heavy load lattice extension parts can be seen in
the following diagram. Attach the boom sections only to these attachment
points as they will then automatically have the right centre of gravity.
Only use lifting gear with sufficient load-bearing capacity; ➠ Transport
dimensions and weights, p. 2-1.

1 m section

The 1 m- section, slung on the welded sling-


ing points (1) and (2).

Angle piece

The angle section has 2 attachment points (1)


(one on each side, slightly offset).

Head

The head has 2 slinging points (1)


(1 on each side).
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7-5


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.3 Slinging points

Blank page

18.02.2000

7-6 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.4 Rigging the heavy load lattice extension

7.4 Rigging the heavy load lattice extension

7.4.1 CHECKLIST: Rigging the heavy load lattice extension

H This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompany-


ing instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.

H
Observe the warning and safety information given there!

You will require an auxiliary crane for the heavy load lattice extension.

1. Prepare the truck crane for the installation of the heavy load lattice
extension; ➠ Truck crane rigging mode for the installation of the heavy load
lattice extension, p. 7-11.

2. Put the sections of the heavy load lattice extension in position in front
of the main boom head according to the assembly drawings;
➠ Combination possibilities, p. 7-3.
➠ Slinging points, p. 7-5.

C0900

3. Attach the heavy load lattice extension sections to the attachment


points, lift in front of the main boom head with an auxiliary crane and
then lock; ➠ Installing/removing parts of the heavy load lattice extension,
p. 7-12.

4. Set the SLI code for the actual rigging mode with the heavy load lattice
11== extension which is to be rigged according to the Lifting capacity table;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions - Operation of the safe load indicator.
5. If necessary, set the angle of 7 m heavy load lattice extension;
➠ Angle piece, p. 7-15.
18.02.2000

C0902

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7-7
GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.4 Rigging the heavy load lattice extension

6. Reel off hoist rope, pull up to the head section and tie up.

7. Remove the anemometer from the main boom head to the heavy load
lattice extension head; ➠ Changing lifting limit switch and anemometer,
p. 7-17.

7. Remove the lifting limit switch from the main boom head to the heavy
load lattice extension head; ➠ Changing lifting limit switch and anemo-
meter, p. 7-17.

9. Connecting the heavy load lattice extension to the SLI;


➠ Establishing the SLI connection, p. 7-19.
2

C0892

10. Reeve the hoist rope on the hook block and attach lifting limit switch
weight; ➠ Reeving the hoist rope, p. 5-27.

11. Enter the current reeving in the SLI; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating instruc-
§ n= tions - Operation of the safe load indicator.

12. Raising the main boom with the heavy load lattice extension;
➠ Crane movements, p. 7-26.
C0894 13. If necessary telescope out the main jib to a position permissible
according to the lifting capacity table and lock the telescope sections;
➠ Telescoping with heavy load lattice extension, p. 7-25.
18.02.2000

7-8 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.4 Rigging the heavy load lattice extension

14. The maximum permitted slewing speed for the current rigging mode
is set; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Slewing gear.
SPEED
TURN
NORMAL : ❙
POINT :

7.4.2 CHECKLIST: Unrigging the heavy load lattice extension

H This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompany-


ing instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warning and safety information given there!

1. Set the SLI code for the actual rigging mode with the heavy load latti-
11== ce extension which is to be unrigged according to the Lifting capacity
table; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating instructions - Operation of the safe load
indicator.

C0894 2. If necessary telescope the main jib in completely;


➠ Crane movements, p. 7-26.

3. Lowering the main boom; ➠ Crane movements, p. 7-26.

4. Unreeve hook block and reel up the main hoist rope; ➠ Unreeving
hoist rope, p. 7-21.

5. If necessary, reset the angle of 7 m heavy load lattice extension


to 0°; ➠ Angle piece, p. 7-15.
18.02.2000

C0903

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7-9
GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.4 Rigging the heavy load lattice extension

6. Retro-fitting the heavy load lattice extension SLI connections;


➠ Breaking the SLI connection, p. 7-20.
2

C0892

7. Changing the lifting limit switch from the heavy load lattice extension
head to the main boom head;
➠ Changing lifting limit switch and anemometer, p. 7-17.

8. Changing the anemometer from the heavy load lattice extension head
to the main boom head;
➠ Changing lifting limit switch and anemometer, p. 7-17.

9. Rehanging the lifting limit switch weight; ➠ Operating manual for the
GMK 6300 – Rigging work on the main boom.

10. Disassemble the components of the heavy load lattice extension and
use an auxiliary crane to place them on a separate vehicle;
➠ Installing/removing parts of the heavy load lattice extension, p. 7-12.

11. Select the actual rigging mode for operation with main boom on the
11== SLI or set the respective SLI code according to the Lifting capacity table;
➠ Operating instructions GMK 6300 – Operation of the safe load indicator.
12. Turn superstructure forward and place the main boom in the boom
support.
18.02.2000

C0839

7 - 10 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.5 Description of rigging work

7.5 Description of rigging work

7.5.1 Truck crane rigging mode during installation of the heavy


load lattice extension

G
Risk of overturning!
The heavy load lattice extension may only be mounted with the span and
counterweight indicated in the Lifting capacity table.
These values apply both to rigging and operation of the heavy load lattice
extension.

G
Risk of accidents!
Use only authorized lifting tackle with sufficient load bearing capacity.
Use the supplied two-part extendable ladder when installing the heavy
load lattice extension.

The following preperatory work must be done when installing or dismant-


ling the heavy load lattice extension on the truck crane in oder to bring
the truck crane into the prescribed rigging mode.

• Support the truck crane; ➠ Operating manual GMK 6300 - Support.


You can find the prescribed span in the lifting capacity tables.
• Install the counterweight necessary for operation with the heavy load
lattice extension to be rigged; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Counter-
weight. You can find information concerning the required counterweight
in the lifting capacity tables.
• Fully retract all telescoping sections and
lower the main boom until it is horizontal;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Telescoping
gear.
• Unreeve the hook block;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Rigging work
on the main boom.
Lie the hoist rope (1) on the head sheave
of the main boom.
18.02.2000

1
C0815

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7 - 11


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.5 Description of rigging work

7.5.2 Handling the pins

1 2 The connecting bolts of the boom extension


are tapered on both sides and are each se-
cured with two retaining pins. Only one
retaining pin must be removed when rigging.

When rigging (1 and 2), you must loosen the


inner retaining pin and hammer in the bolt
as far as possible to the outer retaining pin.
3 4 Then secure the inner retaining pin again.

When unrigging (3 and 4), you have to release


the outer retaining pin and hammer the the
bolt though the bearing point inwards.

C0859

7.5.3 Installing/removing heavy load lattice extension sections

Connecting The connecting pins are inserted in the respecitve parts in holdings.
pins

Four connecting pins are attached to the rear


of the 1 m section (1) for installation to the
main boom head.

The angle piece and the head have four hold-


ings each (2) to the rear with connecting pins
for installation.
18.02.2000

7 - 12 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.5 Description of rigging work

Installation Using a auxiliary crane, sections of the heavy load lattice extension are
lifted up and locked into place during installation, one after the other.
➠ Slinging points, p. 7-5;
➠ Handling the pins, p. 7-12.
• Using an auxiliary crane, lift the 1 m sec-
tion in front of the pulley head in such a
way that the lower bearing point is aligned
between the main boom head and the 1 m
section and inset the bolts (2).
• Now lift the 1 m section until the upper
eyes in the 1 m section are aligned with
the upper bearing points on the main
boom head.
• Insert the bolts (1) and secure them all
four bolts with the retaining pins.

The other sections are installed in the same way as the 1 m section:
• For the 3,5 m heavy load lattice extension, install the head in front of
the 1 m section.
• For the 7 m heavy load lattice extension, first install the angle piece in
front of the 1 m section and then the head in front of the angle piece.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7 - 13
GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.5 Description of rigging work

Removing Proceed in the opposite direction when removing the heavy load lattice
extension:
➠ SSlinging points, p. 7-5;
➠ Handling the pins, p. 7-12.
• Strike the head with an auxiliary crane.
• First, drive out the upper connecting pins
(1) on the bearing point between the head
and the 1 m section (or the angle piece).
• Insert the pins into the holdings intended
for this and secure them with the retaining
pins.
• Release the retaining pins and drive out
the lower connecting pins (2) between the
head and the 1 m section (or angle piece).
• Insert the pins into the holders and secure
them with retaining pins.

The other sections are removed in the same way as the head:
• Remove the 1 m section for the 3,5 m heavy load lattice extension after
the head.
For the 7 m heavy load lattice extension, remove the angle piece first and
then the 1 m section.

18.02.2000

7 - 14 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.5 Description of rigging work

7.5.4 Angle piece

The 7 m heavy load lattice extension can be operated at angles of 18° or


40° to the main boom. For this the pins on both sides of the angle piece
must be removed from the bores.

The 18° angle comes from the shape of the 1 m section. The angle piece
has to be folded up completely for the 18° angle.

G
Danger of accidents because of faulty fall-back guard strut!
The pendulum of the fall-back guard strut on both sides of the angle
piece has to be able to move freely through out their entire slewing
range.
If the pendulum is not able to move freely over the entire slewing range,
the heavy load lattice extension will not be supported to the rear.

• Check if the pendulum (1) of the backstops


on both sides of the boom extension can
move freely.
1

C0913
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7 - 15
GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.5 Description of rigging work

Inclining angle • Derrick the main boom out of the horizontal position and strike the heavy
piece to 40° load lattice extension on the head with an auxiliary crane.
• Use an auxiliary crane to carefully lift the
heavy load lattice extension until the pins
(1) are not bearing any weight.
1 2
• Release the retaining pins from both
pins (1).
• Remove the pins (1) on both sides from the
bores and insert them in the holders (2).
• Secure the pins using retaining pins.
• Use the auxiliary crane to lower the heavy
load lattice extension; in the course of this
the tip inclines to the 40° position.

C0911

Angle section at • Derrick the main boom out of the horizontal position and strike the heavy
a 18° angle load lattice extension on the head with an auxiliary crane.
• Lift the heavy load lattice extension with the auxiliary crane until the
angle piece is almost folded upwards.
• Remove the pins (1) from the bearing
points.
1
• Lift the heavy load lattice extension further
until the pins (2) can be inserted through
the bore on both sides.
• Secure the pins using retaining pins.

C0912
18.02.2000

7 - 16 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.5 Description of rigging work

7.5.5 Changing the lifting limit switch and anemometer

S
When you have changed the lifting limit switch from the head of the main
boom to the head of the heavy load lattice extension, you must bridge
this in the distributing box on the main boom with a short-circuit plug
as otherwise the lifting limit switch on the head of the heavy load lattice
extension will not work.

• Unscrew the connecting cable of the lifting


limit switch from the distributing box (1)
on the left of the main boom head and
screw the short-circuit plug (2) in the
socket instead.
• Remove the lifting limit switch on the left
1 side of the main boom head.
• Unscrew the connecting cable of the ane-
mometer from the distributing box (1) on
3 the left of the main boom head and screw
2
on the protective cap (3).
• Remove the anemometer from the head of
the main boom; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating
manual - Anemometer.
C0825

The anemometer (1) is fastened to an extend-


able holding rod (2). The holding rod has a
bore in both the upper and lower areas and
can thus be secured in two positions with a
locking pin (4) on the bush (3).

• Put the anemometer on the holding rod.


• Extend the holding rod and lock it in the
lower bore.
For transport, you must retract the holding
rod and secure it.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7 - 17
GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.5 Description of rigging work

Connecting the
lifting limit
switch and
anemometer
• Secure the lifting limit switch (2) on the
head of the heavy load lattice extension.
• Screw the lifting limit switch’s connecting
plug onto the socket (3) of the distributing
box.
3
• Screw the anemometer’s connecting plug
1 onto the socket (1) of the distributing box.

2
C0824

7.5.6 SLI Connection

SLI Connection The SLI connection cable is wound onto a cable drum in the head.
cable For transport, the cable drum is secured with the spring pin (1).

• Release the transport safety retainer


before connecting. To do this, pull out the
spring pin and tilt it into the lock.
In order to to reel off the cable, you can
2
unfold the crank (2).

• For operation and transport, secure the


drum with the spring pin.

1
18.02.2000

C0869

7 - 18 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.5 Description of rigging work

Establishing the
SLI connection

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket on


the cable drum.
• Remove the plug of the connecting cable
(3) from the dummy socket (1) on the head
3
2 of the heavy load lattice extension.
• Unlock the cable drum.
• Unreel the connection cable (3) and pull it
1 through the heavy load lattice extension to
the left side of the main boom head.
• Re-insert the plug (2) into the cable drum
socket.

C0826

• Attach the strain relief to the holder (1) on


the foot section.
2
• Insert the plug of the connection cable into
the socket (2) on the main boom head.
• Secure the cable drum.

1
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7 - 19
GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.5 Description of rigging work

Breaking the SLI


connection

• Remove the plug of the connecting cable


from the socket on the head of the main
2 boom.
• Insert the short-circuit plug (2) into the
socket.
• Remove the strain relief from the holder (1).

C0870

• Remove the plug (1) from the socket on


the cable drum.
• Unlock the cable drum.
• Reel the connecting cable in.
• Insert the plug (2) of the connecting cable
into the dummy socket.
1 • Re-insert the contamination protection
plug (1) into the cable drum socket.
• Secure the cable drum.

2
C0829
18.02.2000

7 - 20 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.5 Description of rigging work

7.5.7 Reeving the hoist rope

The following section concerns the 7 m heavy


load lattice extension. If the 3,5 m heavy load
lattice extension is rigged, position (2) is not
applicable.

• Release the retaining pin and remove the


rope holding rods over the sheaves (1)
and (2).
• Move the hoist rope forward. When doing
this, lay the hoist rope over both head
sheaves (1) and (2).
• Insert the rope holding rods in the holders
over the sheaves (1) and (2) and secure
them with the retaining pins.

• Release the retaining pin and pull the rope


holding rod (1) and (2) at the head out.
• Open the spring pin and pull out the rope
holding rod (3).
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7 - 21
GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.5 Description of rigging work

• Lay the hoist rope over the upper roller (1)


and (as seen from the front) over the lower
left roller (2).
• Insert the rope holding rods (3), (4) and (5)
in the holders and secure them with the
retaining pins.

• Reeve the hoist rope. If you reeve the hoist


rope several times, observe the information
in the GMK 6300 Operating manual, reeve hoist
rope section.
Possible reeving methods; ➠ Possible reev-
ing methods on the heavy load lattice extension
in this section.
• Secure the rope end clamp to the hook
block or the attachment plate (1) on the
head, depending on the reeving method.

1
C0874

• Check that the locking on the lifting limit switch has been lifted;
➠ Operating manual for the GMK 6300 – Rigging work on the main boom.
• Attach the lifting limit switch weight and place it on the hoist rope;
➠ Operating manual for the GMK 6300 – Rigging work on the main boom.
• Install the rope grab on the main boom; ➠ Operating manual for the
GMK 6300 – Rigging work on the main boom.
18.02.2000

7 - 22 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.5 Description of rigging work

Possible reeving The illustration shows all reeving methods which are possible with the
methods on the available rollers. Because of the maximum load bearing capacity of the
heavy load lattice heavy load lattice extension, a greater reeving than 4 falls is not necessary.
extension

3-pulley hook block


max. Load bearing capacity of the hook block: 80 t (176 370 lbs)
max. Lifting capacity with the GMK 6300:
for reeving 6 fall 66 t (145 505 lbs)
for reeving 5 fall 55 t (121 254 lbs)
for reeving 4 fall 44 t (197 003 lbs)

6 fall 5 fall 4 fall


1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2

1 2 3 1 2 1 3

C0875
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7 - 23
GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.5 Description of rigging work

1-pulley hook block


max. Load bearing capacity of the hook block: 35 t (77 160 lbs)
max. Lifting capacity with the GMK 6300:
for reeving 3 fall 32 t (70 548 lbs)
for reeving 2 fall 22 t (48 502 lbs)
for reeving 1 fall 11 t (24 251 lbs)

3 fall 2 fall
1 3 1

C0885

1 fall
1

Hook tackle
max. Load bearing capacity
of the hook tackle: 12 t (26 456 lbs)
26.06.2000

max. Load bearing capacity


with the GMK 6300: 11 t (24 251 lbs)
18.02.2000

C0886

7 - 24 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.6 Operation with the heavy load lattice extension

7.6 Operation with the heavy load lattice extension

S
Risk of overturning if wind speeds are too great!
If the maximum permissible wind speed according to the Lifting capacity
table is reached, you must put down the load.
Observe the information in Effect of wind when operating the heavy load lattice
extension (further on in this chapter) and, if necessary, lower the main
boom.

S
The main boom may buckle!
Accelerate and brake the crane movements in such a way that the load
does not sway.

Telescoping with The SLI frees the telescoping when there no load except for the hook
rigged heavy block is hanging from the heavy load lattice extension.
load lattice
extension Telescoping with rigged heavy load lattice extension is (depending on the
length of the heavy load lattice extension) only released between approx.
70° and 82°. For exact specifications, see the respective Lifting capacity
table.
The SLI releases the telescoping only when the main boom is raised up to
the angle at which it is possible to telescope safely with the rigged heavy
load lattice extension.

S
The main boom may buckle during simultaneous slewing!
While you are telescoping the main boom with the rigged heavy load
lattice extension, you may not simultaneously slew the superstructure.
If you do slew this at the same time, there will be additional sideways
forces on the unlocked telescope section. This sideways force can be so
great that the telescope section can be overloaded and may buckle.

The telescoping gear is operated in the same way as the main boom;
➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Auxiliary hoist.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7 - 25
GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.6 Operation with the heavy load lattice extension

7.6.1 Crane movements

H During heavy load lattice extension operation, the fast traverse for the
derricking gear is blocked by the crane control and all speeds are limited
to a maximum of 70 %.

When operating the heavy load lattice extension, all crane movements
are controlled the same as when operating the main boom. Some crane
movements for operating the heavy load lattice extension are blocked by
the crane control.

Released crane movements Blocked crane movements

– Lifting/lowering the main hoist – Telescoping out/in 1)

– Lifting / lowering the auxiliary


hoist

– Lowering / raising the boom

– Slewing

1)
Telescoping is only released under certain conditions;
➠ Telescoping with the rigged heavy load lattice extension, p. 5-44.

SLI
shutdown
During overload, the SLI switches off and the two warning lights SLI early
xw warning and SLI shutdown both light up on the plug-in module of the SLI.
The SLI switches off all movements which increase the load moment, i.e.
the following crane movements:
– lifting the main hoist
– lifting the auxiliary hoist
– lowering the main boom
• Leave the shutdown area by raising the main boom. If necessary lower
the load for this.
Further information for operating the SLI; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating instruc-
tions – Operation of the safe load indicator.
18.02.2000

7 - 26 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.6 Operation with the heavy load lattice extension

Effects of wind Strong winds can overstrain the truck crane. You can find the maximum
when operating permissible wind speeds for the respective rigging modes in the Lifting
the heavy load capacity table. Also observe the information in the GMK 6300 Operating
lattice extension manual, section Effects of wind on crane operation.

G
Risk of accidents with the wind speed is too great!
If wind speeds have exceeded the maximum permissible values accord-
ing to the Lifting capacity table, crane operation must be set and the truck
crane must be brought to the rigging mode. This applies also when the
wind surfaces of the load is smaller than the permissible specific wind
surfaces Aper; ➠ GMK 6300 Operating manual - Effect of wind on crane opera-
tion.

If the maximum wind speed according to the lifting capacity table


for the heavy load lattice extension is exceeded,
proceed as follows:

Wind speed Wind speed


less than 20 m/s (65 ft/s) greater than 20 m/s (65 ft/s)

Put down the load. Put down the load.

Retract main boom completely. Retract main boom completely.

Rotate the superstructure in such a Rotate the superstructure towards


way, that the main boom and the the rear (0° position) and lock the
heavy load lattice extension offer superstructure.
the wind as little surface as
possible. Lower the main boom to the
horizontal position.
26.06.2000
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7 - 27


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.6 Operation with the heavy load lattice extension

Blank page

18.02.2000

7 - 28 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.7 Turning loads with the heavy load lattice extension

7.7 Turning loads with the heavy load lattice extension


When turning loads it is necessary to employ a two-hook operation.
Two-hook operation only alloed in connetion with the heavy load lattice
extension.
The only type of two-hook operation technically possible and protected
by the SLI is described in this chapter using the turning of loads as an
example.

G
Risk of accidents due to overloading!
Lifting a load with two hooks is permissible only if the following instruc-
tions and illustrations are observed!
If these instructions are not observed, accidents could occur due to indi-
vidual parts of the truck crane being overloaded! The SLI then no longer
provides protection.
Two-hook operation with the boom extension is not permitted!

G
Risk of accidents due to overloading!
The load must always be lifted completely at the weakest part first
(heavy load lattice extension).

H For positioning and function of required operating instruments;


➠ Functional description of the display and operating instruments.

Requirements The following description assumes that:


– the main hoist rope is reeved on the main boom and
– the auxiliary hoist rope on the heavy load lattice extension is reeved.

G
Risk of accidents due to overloading!
The reeving on the main boom must be equal to or greater than that on
the lattice extension.
If this condition is not fulfilled, the main hoist rope and main hoisting
gear will become overloaded.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7 - 29
GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.7 Turning loads with the heavy load lattice extension

H
Setting SLI For two-hook operation both hoists must be activated on the SLI.

It is advisable to enter the reevings for both hoists at the start. The values
are stored and called up directly when switching hoisting gears. This elimi-
nates the need for input later during operation. Proceed as follows:

• Switch off both hoists.


Cü ü To do this press down both rocker switches Auxiliary hoist shutdown and
Main hoist shutdown.
• Switch on the main hoist.
ü To do this push up the rocker switch Main hoist shutdown.
Lamp I for the main hoist lights up in the Hoists position lamps.

• In the display Reeving, enter the quantity of reeved rope on the main
§ n= hoist rope of the main boom.

Now the reeving for the main hoist is stored and you can switch to the
auxiliary hoist.

• Switch off both hoists.


Cü To do this press down both rocker switches Auxiliary hoist shutdown and
Main hoist shutdown.
• Switch on the auxiliary hoist.
C To do this, push up the rocker switch Auxiliary hoist shutdown.
On the indicator lamps Hoists lamp II is flashing for the auxiliary hoist.

• In the display Reeving, enter the quantity of reeved ropes on the


§ n= auxiliary hoist rope of the auxiliary single-sheave boom top.
Now the reeving for the auxiliary hoist is also stored and you can switch
on the main hoist.
18.02.2000

7 - 30 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.7 Turning loads with the heavy load lattice extension

• Switch the main hoist on by pressing the Main hoist shutdown rocker
ü switch up.
• On the display lamps Hoists, lamp II is now lit for the auxiliary hoist and
lamp I is flashing for the main hoist.

• Set the SLI for crane operation with the heavy load lattice extension,
11== valid for the current rigging mode of the truck crane.
Now the SLI is set for two-hook operation, taking into account the reeving
for the auxiliary hoist and the lifting capacity table for the heavy load

H
lattice extension.

The load measurement is taken in two-hook operation with the pressure


in the derricking cylinder. The loads detailed in the Lifting capacity table
then decrease by the weight of both reeved hook blocks.

Turning load To turn loads, proceed only in the manner described as follows.

S
Keep the acceleration force as low as possible during two-hook operation.
Therefore move the load at the lowest possible speed!

H As soon as the hoist rope on the main boom is pulled taut, the status
display Actual load will exhibit slight variations. However, the differences

H
are on the safe side with regard to SLI deactivation.

As long as the load is hanging on two hooks, you may not switch the SLI
code to Operation with the main boom. It must be set to Operation with the
heavy load lattice extension during the entire lifiting procedure.
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7 - 31
GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.7 Turning loads with the heavy load lattice extension

• Lift the load completely off the ground with the heavy load lattice
extension.
• Only now should you attach the load to the hook block of the main
boom as well.
• Now lift the load with the hook block on the main jib until both attach-
ment points are at the same height.

18.02.2000

• Slacken the hoist rope on the lattice extension until the load is only
hanging from the hook block on the main boom.
Turning the load is thus completed.

7 - 32 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.8 Driving with rigged crane and heavy load lattice extension installed

7.8 Driving with rigged crane and heavy load lattice


extension installed
This section describes how you can move the truck crane with an installed
counterweight and rigged heavy load lattice extension.

G
Risk of accidents!
It is forbidden to move the truck crane with a load on the hook.
Put the load down before you move the truck crane.
Secure the hook block so that it cannot swing.

G
Risk of overturning!
Before a rigged crane can be driven the superstructure must be locked
and the slewing gear permanent brake must be engaged.

7.8.1 Driving route

The route must be a flat, even surface. The level adjustment system can-
not compensate for uneven surfaces. If the surface pressure of the tyres
exceeds the permissible load on the ground, the surface pressure must be
increased using packing made of durable material (e.g. wooden planks).

S
Risk of tyre damage!
Check the pressure in the tyres before the rigged truck crane is moved!
The truck crane may be moved only if tyre pressures are at the prescribed
levels; ➠ Operating instructions GMK 6300 – Technical Data.
Do not reduce the tyre pressure!
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7 - 33


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.8 Driving with rigged crane and heavy load lattice extension installed

7.8.2 Position of the boom

The vehicle may only be moved if certain conditions are met. The boom
may have to be moved to a specified position, depending on the installed
counterweight.

S
Damage may occur to the axle lines!
Always move the boom to the prescribed position before you move the
rigged truck crane. The permitted load on the axle lines will be exceeded
if the boom is in a position which deviates from the prescribed position.

• Set the appropriate SLI code for the rigging mode on the safe load indi-
00=0 cator. The SLI codes are found in the Lifting capacity table.

• Move the boom into the prescribed position. The prescribed boom posi-
tion can be found in the following tables.

G
Risk of accidents if SLI is overridden!
Always set the SLI rigging code corresponding to the current rigging
mode when you derrick the main boom into the prescribed position.
Do not override the SLI; the prescribed positions in the following tables
all lie within the areas which are permitted according to the Lifting capacity
tables.
The truck crane safe load indicator does not function when the SLI is
overridden!

18.02.2000

7 - 34 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.8 Driving with rigged crane and heavy load lattice extension installed

11 m heavy load The following table is for a rigged 11 m heavy load lattice extension.

H
lattice extension There is an extra table for the 19 m lattice extension in this section.

All of the axle loads in the following table refer to a driving mode
with the basic unit and a 35 t hook block (weight 620 Kg) reeved on the
lattice extension; larger hook blocks must be unreeved.

Counter- Telescoping Angle heavy Main Axle load 2) Axle load 2)


weight Tele. of the load boom in t x 1000 lbs
in t I/II/III/IV main lattice position1)
(lbs) boom extension
in angle front rear front rear
in °

8,0 0/0/0/0 15 18 or 40 front 11,5 15,0 25.5 33.0


(17 600) 18 or 40
0/0/0/0 82 rear 8,0 17,0 18.0 37.5

22,0 0.5 / 0 / 0 / 0 15 18 or 40 front 14,0 17,5 31.0 39.0


(48 500) 18 or 40
0/0/0/0 82 rear 12,0 18,5 26.5 41.0

36,0 1.0 / 0 / 0 / 0 15 18 or 40 front 17,5 19,5 39.0 43.0


(79 400) 18 or 40
0/0/0/0 82 rear 15,5 20,5 34.5 45.5

50,0 1.0 / 0.5 / 0 / 0 15 18 or 40 front 17,5 23,0 39.0 51.0


(110 200) 18 or 40
0/0/0/0 82 rear 19,0 22,0 42.0 48.5

1.0 / 1.0 / 1.0 / 1.0 15 18 or 40 front 24,5 27,0 54.0 60.0


80,0
(176 400) 18 or 40
0/0/0/0 82 rear 26,5 26,0 58.5 27.5

100,0
not permissible
(220 500)

1)
Boom position at rear = 0° position, boom over
truck crane rear edge
Boom position at front = 180° position, boom over
driver’s cab
2)
Axle load front: each on the 1st and 2nd axle lines
00=0 rear: each on the 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th axle lines
18.02.2000

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7 - 35
GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.8 Driving with rigged crane and heavy load lattice extension installed

19 m heavy load The following table is for a rigged 19 m heavy load lattice extension. The-

H
lattice extension re is an extra table for the 11 m lattice extension in this section.

All of the axle loads in the following table refer to a driving mode
with the basic unit and a 35 t hook block (weight 620 Kg) reeved on the
lattice extension; larger hook blocks must be unreeved.

Counter- Telescoping Angle heavy Main Axle load 2) Axle load 2)


weight Tele. of the load boom in t x 1000 lbs
in t I/II/III/IV main lattice position1)
(lbs) boom extension
in angle front rear front rear
in °

8,0 0/0/0/0 15 18 or 40 front 12,5 15,0 28.0 33.0


(17 600) 18 or 40
0/0/0/0 82 rear 8,0 17,5 18.0 39.0

22,0 0.5 / 0 / 0 / 0 15 18 or 40 front 16,0 17,0 35.5 37.5


(48 500) 18 or 40
0/0/0/0 82 rear 11,5 19,0 25.5 42.0

36,0 1.0 / 0 / 0 / 0 15 18 or 40 front 19,5 18,5 43.0 41.0


(79 400) 18 or 40
0/0/0/0 82 rear 15,0 21,0 33.0 46.5

50,0 1.0 / 0.5 / 0 / 0 15 18 or 40 front 20,0 22,0 44.5 48.5


(110 200) 18 or 40
0/0/0/0 82 rear 18,5 22,5 41.0 50.0

1.0 / 1.0 / 1.0 / 1.0 30 18 or 40 front 23,0 28,0 51.0 62.0


80,0
(176 400) 18 or 40
0/0/0/0 82 rear 26,0 26,0 57.5 57.5

100,0
not permissible
(220 500)

1)
Boom position at rear = 0° position, boom over
26.06.2000

truck crane rear edge


Boom position at front = 180° position, boom over
driver’s cab
2)
Axle load front: each on the 1st and 2nd axle lines
rear: each on the 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th axle lines
18.02.2000

7 - 36 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.8 Driving with rigged crane and heavy load lattice extension installed

7.8.3 Driving the rigged crane

Locking the super- Before the truck crane is moved, the superstructure must be locked to the
structure and carrier; ➠ Operating instructions GMK 6300 – Mechanical superstructure lock.
engaging the
slewing gear
permanent brake
• Lock the superstructure; the indicator lamp Superstructure locked must
! illuminate.
• Apply the slewing gear permanent brake and switch off the Slewing func-
Y tion to prevent inadvertent operation.
To do this push down the Slewing gear permanent brake rocker switch.
The Slewing gear permanent brake applied indicator lamp lights up when

H
the slewing gear permanent brake is applied.

If the crane engine stops the slewing gear permanent brake is automat-
ically applied.

Retracting the • Retract the outrigger cylinders until the wheels are just above the
outrigger ground.

G
Risk of overturning!
Make sure that the truck crane does not overturn when the outriggers are
being retracted!
Retract all the outrigger cylinders as uniformly as possible!

Switching over
the suspension
locking system
• Switch the suspension locking system off. To do this push up the
u Suspension locking system rocker switch. The Suspension locking system
indicator lamp must go out.
• Retract the outrigger cylinders until the truck crane is approximately at
on-the-road level.
• Activate the suspension locking system again. To do this push down
u the Suspension locking system rocker switch. The Suspension locking system
indicator lamp lights up when the suspension system is locked.
• Continue to retract the outrigger cylinders.

G
Risk of overturning!
18.02.2000

To reduce the risk of the crane overturning do not raise the outrigger pads
more than 5 to 10 cm off the ground. Leave the outrigger beams extended.

s
Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7 - 37
GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.8 Driving with rigged crane and heavy load lattice extension installed

Switching on Before driving with the rigged crane you must switch on separate
separate steering steering:

• Switch on the Level adjustment system key switch.

C0018

• Switch on separate steering by releasing the Separate steering rocker


b switch and pressing it down.
When separate steering is switched on the warning lamp Steering unlocked
?b and the indicator lamp Separate steering light up.

S
Damage may occur to steering linkage!
Before driving with the rigged crane always switch on separate steering
and steer the truck crane only when the vehicle is moving.
If separate steering is switched off or if you steer with the vehicle sta-
tionary the steering linkage may become damaged.

Driving

S
Risk of tyre damage!
Check the pressure in the tyres before the rigged truck crane is moved!
The truck crane may be moved only if tyre pressures are at the prescribed
levels; ➠ Operating instructions GMK 6300.
Do not reduce the tyre pressure!

H The wind speed must be checked before the rigged truck crane is moved!
The same maximum permissible wind speeds apply as when working
with the crane.

• Switch the transfer case to off-the-road gear to move the truck crane;
➠ Operating instructions GMK 6300 – Off-the-road gear.
• Switch on driving range 1; ➠ Operating instructions GMK 6300 – Opera-
tion of the automatic gearbox.
• Drive at only a very low speed!
• The turning radius should be as large as possible when turning corners!
18.02.2000

7 - 38 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.8 Driving with rigged crane and heavy load lattice extension installed

• Steer the truck crane only when it is moving and avoid sudden steering
movements!
When the surface is uneven the truck crane must be raised with the outrig-
ger cylinders, horizontally aligned and then re-lowered; ➠ Operating in-
structions GMK 6300 – Retract outrigger and Switch suspension locking system.

Extending the The truck crane must be on outriggers before beginning work with the
outrigger crane; ➠ Operating instructions GMK 6300 – Outrigger.

G
Risk of overturning!
The truck crane must be raised until no wheels touch the ground!

After moving with heavy counterweights, the truck crane could be in a rig-
ging situation in which the front outrigger cylinders cannot lift the crane.

S
Danger of causing damage due to axle loads being too high!
Do not lower the main boom if the truck crane is on wheels. If you lower
the boom, the rear axle lines will be overloaded and damaged.

Proceed in the following manner to support the truck crane:

• Move all outrigger beams to the span required for the job.
• Extend the outrigger cylinders until the wheels of the rear axle lines no
longer touch the ground.
• Extend the front outrigger cylinders out as far as the cylinder force
allows.
• Set the code on the SLI for the intended job.
The rear axle lines are now without a load and you can lower the main
boom.

• If need be, slew the superstructure to the rear and lower the completely
folded-up main boom to 30°.
• Extend the outrigger cylinders until none of the wheels is touching the
ground.
• Align the truck crane horizontally with the outrigger.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 7 - 39


GMK 6300
Heavy load lattice extension
7.8 Driving with rigged crane and heavy load lattice extension installed

Blank page

18.02.2000

7 - 40 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
_______________________________________________________________________________________ 8
8 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 1
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en


GMK 6300
18.02.2000

2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Index

8 Index

H To avoid making the index unnecessarily long and unclear, we have not
included every single element from the instrument panel.
These elements, such as rocker switches, warning and indicator lamps as
well as status displays are described and named in detail in the overviews
of the respective chapters.
From there, you will be referred to more detailed descriptions of these
elements.
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 8-1


GMK 6300
Index

18.02.2000

8-2 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Index

Index

A Auxiliary single-sheave boom top


Possible reeving methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

B Backstop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
Boom extension
lubricant table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47 to 5-48
maintenance plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45 to 5-46
maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49 to 5-50
Bringing the luffing jib
into working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62

C CHECKLIST
Mounting the telescopic swing-away lattice extension . . . . . . 3-18
Removing the telescopic swing-away lattice extension . . . . . . 3-19
Rigging luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Rigging the telescopic swing-away lattice extension . . . . . . . . 3-20
Unrigging luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Unrigging the telescopic swing-away lattice extension . . . . . . 3-25

D Derricking luffing jib


when rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59
Description
of the rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 to 5-30

E Effect of wind
when operating with the luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71

H Heavy load lattice extension


CHECKLIST rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Combination possibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
18.02.2000

Driving with rigged crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33 to 7-40


Operation with the heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . 7-25 to 7-28
Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 to 7-6
Telescoping with rigged heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . 7-25
Unrigging the CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 8-3


GMK 6300
Index

I Identification
of the telescopic swing-away lattice extension . . . . . . . 3-11 to 3-12

L Luffing control arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26


Luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 to 6-94
Attachment points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 to 6-14
Combination possibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 to 6-12
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Electric connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Foot section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Rigging mode during installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Serial numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
SLI connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Suspension bar transport protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
Transport pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43

M Malfunctions
Telescopic swing-away lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79
Malfunctions on
Luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-83
Measurement in US units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 to 1-12
Mögliche Einscherungen
am Wippspitzenausleger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54

O Operation with
the luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67 to 6-72

P Placing luffing control arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33


Possible reeving methods
on the auxiliary single-sheave boom top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Preparing the luffing jib
for unrigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64

R Raising the luffing control arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32


Removing the upper hook block
18.02.2000

from the luffing control arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37

8-4 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
Index

Rigging luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 to 6-24


CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Rigging mode
during installation of luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

S Securing the upper hook block


on the luffing control arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
Slinging points
auxiliary single-sheave boom top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 to 4-2
Symbols in the operating instructions, explanation . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

T Telescopic swing-away lattice extension


Assembly of lattice extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 to 3-14
Changing and connecting anemometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Changing and connecting lifting limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
Checking rigging modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
CHECKLIST: Mounting the telescopic swing-away lattice extension 3-18
CHECKLIST: Removing the telescopic swing-away lattice extension........... ...............
.................
................
3-19
...............
CHECKLIST: Rigging the telescopic swing-away lattice extension 3-20
CHECKLIST: Unrigging telescopic swing-away lattice extension . 3-25
Electrical connection for rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Folding deflection sheave out/in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Hydraulic connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
malfunctions during operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79 to 3-80
operating instruments on the lattice extension . . . . . . . 3-9 to 3-10
Preparing the truck crane for rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Reeving the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Turning loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67 to 3-70
Telescoping with the luffing jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
Two-hook operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 to 4-14, 7-29 to 7-32

U Unrigging luffing jib


CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20

W Wippspitzenausleger
mögliche Einscherungen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
18.02.2000

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 8-5


GMK 6300
Index

Blank Page

18.02.2000

8-6 2 084 555 en Operating instructions lattice extension


GMK 6300
18.02.2000 Index

Operating instructions lattice extension 2 084 555 en 8-7


GMK 6300

You might also like